Home | History | Annotate | Line # | Download | only in config
      1   1.1  christos /* tc-alpha.c - Processor-specific code for the DEC Alpha AXP CPU.
      2  1.10  christos    Copyright (C) 1989-2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
      3   1.1  christos    Contributed by Carnegie Mellon University, 1993.
      4   1.1  christos    Written by Alessandro Forin, based on earlier gas-1.38 target CPU files.
      5   1.1  christos    Modified by Ken Raeburn for gas-2.x and ECOFF support.
      6   1.1  christos    Modified by Richard Henderson for ELF support.
      7   1.1  christos    Modified by Klaus K"ampf for EVAX (OpenVMS/Alpha) support.
      8   1.1  christos 
      9   1.1  christos    This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
     10   1.1  christos 
     11   1.1  christos    GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
     12   1.1  christos    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
     13   1.1  christos    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
     14   1.1  christos    any later version.
     15   1.1  christos 
     16   1.1  christos    GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     17   1.1  christos    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     18   1.1  christos    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
     19   1.1  christos    GNU General Public License for more details.
     20   1.1  christos 
     21   1.1  christos    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
     22   1.1  christos    along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
     23   1.1  christos    Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
     24   1.1  christos    02110-1301, USA.  */
     25   1.1  christos 
     26   1.1  christos /* Mach Operating System
     27   1.1  christos    Copyright (c) 1993 Carnegie Mellon University
     28   1.1  christos    All Rights Reserved.
     29   1.1  christos 
     30   1.1  christos    Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its
     31   1.1  christos    documentation is hereby granted, provided that both the copyright
     32   1.1  christos    notice and this permission notice appear in all copies of the
     33   1.1  christos    software, derivative works or modified versions, and any portions
     34   1.1  christos    thereof, and that both notices appear in supporting documentation.
     35   1.1  christos 
     36   1.1  christos    CARNEGIE MELLON ALLOWS FREE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE IN ITS
     37   1.1  christos    CONDITION.  CARNEGIE MELLON DISCLAIMS ANY LIABILITY OF ANY KIND FOR
     38   1.1  christos    ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
     39   1.1  christos 
     40   1.1  christos    Carnegie Mellon requests users of this software to return to
     41   1.1  christos 
     42   1.1  christos     Software Distribution Coordinator  or  Software.Distribution (at) CS.CMU.EDU
     43   1.1  christos     School of Computer Science
     44   1.1  christos     Carnegie Mellon University
     45   1.1  christos     Pittsburgh PA 15213-3890
     46   1.1  christos 
     47   1.1  christos    any improvements or extensions that they make and grant Carnegie the
     48   1.1  christos    rights to redistribute these changes.  */
     49   1.1  christos 
     50   1.1  christos #include "as.h"
     51   1.1  christos #include "subsegs.h"
     52   1.1  christos #include "ecoff.h"
     53   1.1  christos 
     54   1.1  christos #include "opcode/alpha.h"
     55   1.1  christos 
     56   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
     57   1.1  christos #include "elf/alpha.h"
     58   1.1  christos #endif
     59   1.1  christos 
     60   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
     61   1.1  christos #include "vms.h"
     62   1.1  christos #include "vms/egps.h"
     63   1.1  christos #endif
     64   1.1  christos 
     65   1.1  christos #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
     66   1.1  christos #include "dw2gencfi.h"
     67   1.1  christos #include "safe-ctype.h"
     68   1.1  christos 
     69   1.1  christos /* Local types.  */
     71   1.1  christos 
     72   1.1  christos #define TOKENIZE_ERROR 		-1
     73   1.1  christos #define TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT	-2
     74   1.1  christos #define MAX_INSN_FIXUPS		 2
     75   1.1  christos #define MAX_INSN_ARGS		 5
     76   1.1  christos 
     77   1.1  christos /* Used since new relocation types are introduced in this
     78   1.1  christos    file (DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_*) */
     79   1.1  christos typedef int extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type;
     80   1.1  christos 
     81   1.1  christos struct alpha_fixup
     82   1.1  christos {
     83   1.1  christos   expressionS exp;
     84   1.1  christos   /* bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc; */
     85   1.1  christos   extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
     86   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
     87   1.1  christos   /* The symbol of the item in the linkage section.  */
     88   1.1  christos   symbolS *xtrasym;
     89   1.1  christos 
     90   1.1  christos   /* The symbol of the procedure descriptor.  */
     91   1.1  christos   symbolS *procsym;
     92   1.1  christos #endif
     93   1.1  christos };
     94   1.1  christos 
     95   1.1  christos struct alpha_insn
     96   1.1  christos {
     97   1.1  christos   unsigned insn;
     98   1.1  christos   int nfixups;
     99   1.1  christos   struct alpha_fixup fixups[MAX_INSN_FIXUPS];
    100   1.1  christos   long sequence;
    101   1.1  christos };
    102  1.10  christos 
    103   1.1  christos typedef enum
    104   1.1  christos   {
    105   1.1  christos     MACRO_EOA = 1,
    106   1.1  christos     MACRO_IR,
    107   1.1  christos     MACRO_PIR,
    108   1.1  christos     MACRO_OPIR,
    109   1.1  christos     MACRO_CPIR,
    110   1.1  christos     MACRO_FPR,
    111  1.10  christos     MACRO_EXP
    112  1.10  christos   } alpha_macro_argset;
    113  1.10  christos 
    114  1.10  christos typedef union
    115  1.10  christos {
    116  1.10  christos   const void *p;
    117  1.10  christos   uintptr_t i;
    118   1.1  christos } alpha_macro_arg;
    119   1.1  christos 
    120   1.1  christos struct alpha_macro
    121   1.1  christos {
    122  1.10  christos   const char *name;
    123  1.10  christos   void (*emit) (const expressionS *, int, alpha_macro_arg);
    124  1.10  christos   alpha_macro_arg arg;
    125   1.1  christos   alpha_macro_argset argsets[16];
    126   1.1  christos };
    127   1.1  christos 
    128   1.1  christos /* Extra expression types.  */
    129   1.1  christos 
    130   1.1  christos #define O_pregister	O_md1	/* O_register, in parentheses.  */
    131   1.1  christos #define O_cpregister	O_md2	/* + a leading comma.  */
    132   1.1  christos 
    133   1.1  christos /* The alpha_reloc_op table below depends on the ordering of these.  */
    134   1.1  christos #define O_literal	O_md3		/* !literal relocation.  */
    135   1.1  christos #define O_lituse_addr	O_md4		/* !lituse_addr relocation.  */
    136   1.1  christos #define O_lituse_base	O_md5		/* !lituse_base relocation.  */
    137   1.1  christos #define O_lituse_bytoff	O_md6		/* !lituse_bytoff relocation.  */
    138   1.1  christos #define O_lituse_jsr	O_md7		/* !lituse_jsr relocation.  */
    139   1.1  christos #define O_lituse_tlsgd	O_md8		/* !lituse_tlsgd relocation.  */
    140   1.1  christos #define O_lituse_tlsldm	O_md9		/* !lituse_tlsldm relocation.  */
    141   1.1  christos #define O_lituse_jsrdirect O_md10	/* !lituse_jsrdirect relocation.  */
    142   1.1  christos #define O_gpdisp	O_md11		/* !gpdisp relocation.  */
    143   1.1  christos #define O_gprelhigh	O_md12		/* !gprelhigh relocation.  */
    144   1.1  christos #define O_gprellow	O_md13		/* !gprellow relocation.  */
    145   1.1  christos #define O_gprel		O_md14		/* !gprel relocation.  */
    146   1.1  christos #define O_samegp	O_md15		/* !samegp relocation.  */
    147   1.1  christos #define O_tlsgd		O_md16		/* !tlsgd relocation.  */
    148   1.1  christos #define O_tlsldm	O_md17		/* !tlsldm relocation.  */
    149   1.1  christos #define O_gotdtprel	O_md18		/* !gotdtprel relocation.  */
    150   1.1  christos #define O_dtprelhi	O_md19		/* !dtprelhi relocation.  */
    151   1.1  christos #define O_dtprello	O_md20		/* !dtprello relocation.  */
    152   1.1  christos #define O_dtprel	O_md21		/* !dtprel relocation.  */
    153   1.1  christos #define O_gottprel	O_md22		/* !gottprel relocation.  */
    154   1.1  christos #define O_tprelhi	O_md23		/* !tprelhi relocation.  */
    155   1.1  christos #define O_tprello	O_md24		/* !tprello relocation.  */
    156   1.1  christos #define O_tprel		O_md25		/* !tprel relocation.  */
    157   1.1  christos 
    158   1.1  christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR		(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 1)
    159   1.1  christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE		(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 2)
    160   1.1  christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF	(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 3)
    161   1.1  christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR		(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 4)
    162   1.1  christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD	(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 5)
    163   1.1  christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM	(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 6)
    164   1.1  christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT	(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 7)
    165   1.1  christos 
    166   1.1  christos #define USER_RELOC_P(R) ((R) >= O_literal && (R) <= O_tprel)
    167   1.1  christos 
    168   1.1  christos /* Macros for extracting the type and number of encoded register tokens.  */
    169   1.1  christos 
    170   1.1  christos #define is_ir_num(x)		(((x) & 32) == 0)
    171   1.1  christos #define is_fpr_num(x)		(((x) & 32) != 0)
    172   1.1  christos #define regno(x)		((x) & 31)
    173   1.1  christos 
    174   1.1  christos /* Something odd inherited from the old assembler.  */
    175   1.1  christos 
    176   1.1  christos #define note_gpreg(R)		(alpha_gprmask |= (1 << (R)))
    177   1.1  christos #define note_fpreg(R)		(alpha_fprmask |= (1 << (R)))
    178   1.1  christos 
    179  1.10  christos /* Predicates for 16- and 32-bit ranges */
    180  1.10  christos #define range_signed_16(x)	((valueT) (x) + 0x8000 <= 0xFFFF)
    181   1.1  christos #define range_signed_32(x)	((valueT) (x) + 0x80000000 <= 0xFFFFFFFF)
    182   1.1  christos 
    183  1.10  christos /* Macros for sign extending from 16- and 32-bits.  */
    184  1.10  christos #define sign_extend_16(x)	((((valueT) (x) & 0xFFFF) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000)
    185  1.10  christos #define sign_extend_32(x)	((((valueT) (x) & 0xFFFFFFFF) ^ 0x80000000) \
    186   1.1  christos 				 - 0x80000000)
    187   1.1  christos 
    188   1.1  christos /* Macros to build tokens.  */
    189   1.1  christos 
    190   1.1  christos #define set_tok_reg(t, r)	(memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)),		\
    191   1.1  christos 				 (t).X_op = O_register,			\
    192   1.1  christos 				 (t).X_add_number = (r))
    193   1.1  christos #define set_tok_preg(t, r)	(memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)),		\
    194   1.1  christos 				 (t).X_op = O_pregister,		\
    195   1.1  christos 				 (t).X_add_number = (r))
    196   1.1  christos #define set_tok_cpreg(t, r)	(memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)),		\
    197   1.1  christos 				 (t).X_op = O_cpregister,		\
    198   1.1  christos 				 (t).X_add_number = (r))
    199   1.1  christos #define set_tok_freg(t, r)	(memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)),		\
    200   1.1  christos 				 (t).X_op = O_register,			\
    201   1.1  christos 				 (t).X_add_number = (r) + 32)
    202   1.1  christos #define set_tok_sym(t, s, a)	(memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)),		\
    203   1.1  christos 				 (t).X_op = O_symbol,			\
    204   1.1  christos 				 (t).X_add_symbol = (s),		\
    205   1.1  christos 				 (t).X_add_number = (a))
    206   1.1  christos #define set_tok_const(t, n)	(memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)),		\
    207   1.1  christos 				 (t).X_op = O_constant,			\
    208   1.1  christos 				 (t).X_add_number = (n))
    209   1.1  christos 
    210   1.1  christos /* Generic assembler global variables which must be defined by all
    212   1.1  christos    targets.  */
    213   1.1  christos 
    214   1.1  christos /* Characters which always start a comment.  */
    215   1.1  christos const char comment_chars[] = "#";
    216   1.1  christos 
    217   1.1  christos /* Characters which start a comment at the beginning of a line.  */
    218   1.1  christos const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
    219   1.1  christos 
    220   1.1  christos /* Characters which may be used to separate multiple commands on a
    221   1.1  christos    single line.  */
    222   1.1  christos const char line_separator_chars[] = ";";
    223   1.1  christos 
    224   1.1  christos /* Characters which are used to indicate an exponent in a floating
    225   1.1  christos    point number.  */
    226   1.1  christos const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
    227   1.1  christos 
    228   1.1  christos /* Characters which mean that a number is a floating point constant,
    229   1.5  christos    as in 0d1.0.  */
    230   1.1  christos /* XXX: Do all of these really get used on the alpha??  */
    231   1.1  christos const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
    232  1.10  christos 
    233   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    234  1.10  christos const char md_shortopts[] = "Fm:g+1h:HG:";
    235   1.1  christos #else
    236   1.1  christos const char md_shortopts[] = "Fm:gG:";
    237  1.10  christos #endif
    238   1.1  christos 
    239   1.1  christos const struct option md_longopts[] =
    240   1.1  christos   {
    241   1.1  christos #define OPTION_32ADDR (OPTION_MD_BASE)
    242   1.1  christos     { "32addr", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_32ADDR },
    243   1.1  christos #define OPTION_RELAX (OPTION_32ADDR + 1)
    244   1.1  christos     { "relax", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_RELAX },
    245   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
    246   1.1  christos #define OPTION_MDEBUG (OPTION_RELAX + 1)
    247   1.1  christos #define OPTION_NO_MDEBUG (OPTION_MDEBUG + 1)
    248   1.1  christos     { "mdebug", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_MDEBUG },
    249   1.1  christos     { "no-mdebug", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NO_MDEBUG },
    250   1.1  christos #endif
    251   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    252   1.1  christos #define OPTION_REPLACE (OPTION_RELAX + 1)
    253   1.3  christos #define OPTION_NOREPLACE (OPTION_REPLACE+1)
    254   1.1  christos     { "replace", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_REPLACE },
    255   1.1  christos     { "noreplace", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NOREPLACE },
    256   1.1  christos #endif
    257   1.1  christos     { NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0 }
    258  1.10  christos   };
    259   1.1  christos 
    260   1.1  christos const size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
    261   1.1  christos 
    262   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    264   1.1  christos #define AXP_REG_R0     0
    265   1.1  christos #define AXP_REG_R16    16
    266   1.1  christos #define AXP_REG_R17    17
    267   1.1  christos #undef AXP_REG_T9
    268   1.1  christos #define AXP_REG_T9     22
    269   1.1  christos #undef AXP_REG_T10
    270   1.1  christos #define AXP_REG_T10    23
    271   1.1  christos #undef AXP_REG_T11
    272   1.1  christos #define AXP_REG_T11    24
    273   1.1  christos #undef AXP_REG_T12
    274   1.1  christos #define AXP_REG_T12    25
    275   1.1  christos #define AXP_REG_AI     25
    276   1.1  christos #undef AXP_REG_FP
    277   1.1  christos #define AXP_REG_FP     29
    278   1.1  christos 
    279   1.1  christos #undef AXP_REG_GP
    280   1.1  christos #define AXP_REG_GP AXP_REG_PV
    281   1.1  christos 
    282   1.1  christos #endif /* OBJ_EVAX  */
    283   1.1  christos 
    284   1.1  christos /* The cpu for which we are generating code.  */
    285   1.1  christos static unsigned alpha_target = AXP_OPCODE_BASE;
    286   1.8  christos static const char *alpha_target_name = "<all>";
    287   1.1  christos 
    288   1.1  christos /* The hash table of instruction opcodes.  */
    289   1.8  christos static htab_t alpha_opcode_hash;
    290   1.1  christos 
    291   1.1  christos /* The hash table of macro opcodes.  */
    292   1.1  christos static htab_t alpha_macro_hash;
    293   1.1  christos 
    294   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
    295   1.1  christos /* The $gp relocation symbol.  */
    296   1.1  christos static symbolS *alpha_gp_symbol;
    297   1.1  christos 
    298   1.1  christos /* XXX: what is this, and why is it exported? */
    299   1.1  christos valueT alpha_gp_value;
    300   1.1  christos #endif
    301   1.1  christos 
    302   1.1  christos /* The current $gp register.  */
    303   1.1  christos static int alpha_gp_register = AXP_REG_GP;
    304   1.1  christos 
    305   1.1  christos /* A table of the register symbols.  */
    306   1.1  christos static symbolS *alpha_register_table[64];
    307   1.1  christos 
    308   1.1  christos /* Constant sections, or sections of constants.  */
    309   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
    310   1.1  christos static segT alpha_lita_section;
    311   1.1  christos #endif
    312   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    313   1.1  christos segT alpha_link_section;
    314   1.1  christos #endif
    315   1.1  christos #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
    316   1.1  christos static segT alpha_lit8_section;
    317   1.1  christos #endif
    318   1.1  christos 
    319   1.1  christos /* Symbols referring to said sections.  */
    320   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
    321   1.1  christos static symbolS *alpha_lita_symbol;
    322   1.1  christos #endif
    323   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    324   1.1  christos static symbolS *alpha_link_symbol;
    325   1.1  christos #endif
    326   1.1  christos #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
    327   1.1  christos static symbolS *alpha_lit8_symbol;
    328   1.1  christos #endif
    329   1.1  christos 
    330   1.1  christos /* Literal for .litX+0x8000 within .lita.  */
    331   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
    332   1.1  christos static offsetT alpha_lit8_literal;
    333   1.1  christos #endif
    334   1.1  christos 
    335   1.1  christos /* Is the assembler not allowed to use $at?  */
    336   1.1  christos static int alpha_noat_on = 0;
    337   1.1  christos 
    338   1.1  christos /* Are macros enabled?  */
    339   1.1  christos static int alpha_macros_on = 1;
    340   1.1  christos 
    341   1.1  christos /* Are floats disabled?  */
    342   1.1  christos static int alpha_nofloats_on = 0;
    343   1.1  christos 
    344   1.1  christos /* Are addresses 32 bit?  */
    345   1.1  christos static int alpha_addr32_on = 0;
    346   1.1  christos 
    347   1.1  christos /* Symbol labelling the current insn.  When the Alpha gas sees
    348   1.1  christos      foo:
    349   1.1  christos        .quad 0
    350   1.1  christos    and the section happens to not be on an eight byte boundary, it
    351   1.1  christos    will align both the symbol and the .quad to an eight byte boundary.  */
    352   1.1  christos static symbolS *alpha_insn_label;
    353   1.1  christos #if defined(OBJ_ELF) || defined (OBJ_EVAX)
    354   1.1  christos static symbolS *alpha_prologue_label;
    355   1.1  christos #endif
    356   1.1  christos 
    357   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    358   1.1  christos /* Symbol associate with the current jsr instruction.  */
    359   1.1  christos static symbolS *alpha_linkage_symbol;
    360   1.1  christos #endif
    361   1.1  christos 
    362   1.1  christos /* Whether we should automatically align data generation pseudo-ops.
    363   1.1  christos    .align 0 will turn this off.  */
    364   1.1  christos static int alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
    365   1.1  christos 
    366   1.1  christos /* The known current alignment of the current section.  */
    367   1.1  christos static int alpha_current_align;
    368   1.1  christos 
    369   1.1  christos /* These are exported to ECOFF code.  */
    370   1.1  christos unsigned long alpha_gprmask, alpha_fprmask;
    371   1.1  christos 
    372   1.1  christos /* Whether the debugging option was seen.  */
    373   1.1  christos static int alpha_debug;
    374   1.1  christos 
    375   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
    376   1.1  christos /* Whether we are emitting an mdebug section.  */
    377   1.1  christos int alpha_flag_mdebug = -1;
    378   1.1  christos #endif
    379   1.1  christos 
    380   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    381   1.1  christos /* Whether to perform the VMS procedure call optimization.  */
    382   1.1  christos int alpha_flag_replace = 1;
    383   1.1  christos #endif
    384   1.1  christos 
    385   1.1  christos /* Don't fully resolve relocations, allowing code movement in the linker.  */
    386   1.1  christos static int alpha_flag_relax;
    387   1.1  christos 
    388   1.1  christos /* What value to give to bfd_set_gp_size.  */
    389   1.1  christos static int g_switch_value = 8;
    390   1.1  christos 
    391   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    392   1.1  christos /* Collect information about current procedure here.  */
    393   1.1  christos struct alpha_evax_procs
    394   1.1  christos {
    395   1.1  christos   symbolS *symbol;	/* Proc pdesc symbol.  */
    396   1.1  christos   int pdsckind;
    397   1.1  christos   int framereg;		/* Register for frame pointer.  */
    398   1.1  christos   int framesize;	/* Size of frame.  */
    399   1.1  christos   int rsa_offset;
    400   1.1  christos   int ra_save;
    401   1.1  christos   int fp_save;
    402   1.1  christos   long imask;
    403   1.1  christos   long fmask;
    404   1.1  christos   int type;
    405   1.1  christos   int prologue;
    406   1.1  christos   symbolS *handler;
    407   1.1  christos   int handler_data;
    408   1.1  christos };
    409   1.1  christos 
    410   1.1  christos /* Linked list of .linkage fixups.  */
    411   1.1  christos struct alpha_linkage_fixups *alpha_linkage_fixup_root;
    412   1.1  christos static struct alpha_linkage_fixups *alpha_linkage_fixup_tail;
    413   1.1  christos 
    414   1.1  christos /* Current procedure descriptor.  */
    415   1.1  christos static struct alpha_evax_procs *alpha_evax_proc;
    416   1.1  christos static struct alpha_evax_procs alpha_evax_proc_data;
    417   1.1  christos 
    418   1.1  christos static int alpha_flag_hash_long_names = 0;		/* -+ */
    419   1.1  christos static int alpha_flag_show_after_trunc = 0;		/* -H */
    420   1.1  christos 
    421   1.1  christos /* If the -+ switch is given, then a hash is appended to any name that is
    422   1.1  christos    longer than 64 characters, else longer symbol names are truncated.  */
    423   1.1  christos 
    424   1.1  christos #endif
    425   1.1  christos 
    426   1.1  christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
    428   1.1  christos /* A table to map the spelling of a relocation operand into an appropriate
    429   1.1  christos    bfd_reloc_code_real_type type.  The table is assumed to be ordered such
    430   1.1  christos    that op-O_literal indexes into it.  */
    431  1.10  christos 
    432   1.1  christos #define ALPHA_RELOC_TABLE(op)						\
    433   1.1  christos (&alpha_reloc_op[ ((!USER_RELOC_P (op))					\
    434   1.1  christos 		  ? (abort (), 0)					\
    435   1.1  christos 		  : (op) - O_literal) ])
    436   1.1  christos 
    437   1.1  christos #define DEF(NAME, RELOC, REQ, ALLOW) \
    438   1.1  christos  { #NAME, sizeof(#NAME)-1, O_##NAME, RELOC, REQ, ALLOW}
    439   1.1  christos 
    440   1.1  christos static const struct alpha_reloc_op_tag
    441   1.1  christos {
    442   1.1  christos   const char *name;				/* String to lookup.  */
    443   1.1  christos   size_t length;				/* Size of the string.  */
    444   1.1  christos   operatorT op;					/* Which operator to use.  */
    445   1.1  christos   extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
    446   1.1  christos   unsigned int require_seq : 1;			/* Require a sequence number.  */
    447   1.1  christos   unsigned int allow_seq : 1;			/* Allow a sequence number.  */
    448   1.1  christos }
    449   1.1  christos alpha_reloc_op[] =
    450   1.1  christos {
    451   1.1  christos   DEF (literal, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL, 0, 1),
    452   1.1  christos   DEF (lituse_addr, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR, 1, 1),
    453   1.1  christos   DEF (lituse_base, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE, 1, 1),
    454   1.1  christos   DEF (lituse_bytoff, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF, 1, 1),
    455   1.1  christos   DEF (lituse_jsr, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR, 1, 1),
    456   1.1  christos   DEF (lituse_tlsgd, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD, 1, 1),
    457   1.1  christos   DEF (lituse_tlsldm, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM, 1, 1),
    458   1.1  christos   DEF (lituse_jsrdirect, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT, 1, 1),
    459   1.1  christos   DEF (gpdisp, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP, 1, 1),
    460   1.1  christos   DEF (gprelhigh, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16, 0, 0),
    461   1.1  christos   DEF (gprellow, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16, 0, 0),
    462   1.1  christos   DEF (gprel, BFD_RELOC_GPREL16, 0, 0),
    463   1.1  christos   DEF (samegp, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP, 0, 0),
    464   1.1  christos   DEF (tlsgd, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD, 0, 1),
    465   1.1  christos   DEF (tlsldm, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM, 0, 1),
    466   1.1  christos   DEF (gotdtprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16, 0, 0),
    467   1.1  christos   DEF (dtprelhi, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16, 0, 0),
    468   1.1  christos   DEF (dtprello, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16, 0, 0),
    469   1.1  christos   DEF (dtprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16, 0, 0),
    470   1.1  christos   DEF (gottprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16, 0, 0),
    471   1.1  christos   DEF (tprelhi, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16, 0, 0),
    472   1.1  christos   DEF (tprello, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16, 0, 0),
    473   1.1  christos   DEF (tprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16, 0, 0),
    474   1.1  christos };
    475   1.1  christos 
    476   1.1  christos #undef DEF
    477   1.1  christos 
    478   1.1  christos static const int alpha_num_reloc_op
    479   1.1  christos   = sizeof (alpha_reloc_op) / sizeof (*alpha_reloc_op);
    480   1.1  christos #endif /* RELOC_OP_P */
    481   1.1  christos 
    482   1.1  christos /* Maximum # digits needed to hold the largest sequence #.  */
    483   1.1  christos #define ALPHA_RELOC_DIGITS 25
    484   1.1  christos 
    485   1.1  christos /* Structure to hold explicit sequence information.  */
    486   1.1  christos struct alpha_reloc_tag
    487   1.1  christos {
    488   1.1  christos   fixS *master;			/* The literal reloc.  */
    489   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    490   1.1  christos   struct symbol *sym;		/* Linkage section item symbol.  */
    491   1.1  christos   struct symbol *psym;		/* Pdesc symbol.  */
    492   1.1  christos #endif
    493   1.1  christos   fixS *slaves;			/* Head of linked list of lituses.  */
    494   1.1  christos   segT segment;			/* Segment relocs are in or undefined_section.  */
    495   1.1  christos   long sequence;		/* Sequence #.  */
    496   1.1  christos   unsigned n_master;		/* # of literals.  */
    497   1.1  christos   unsigned n_slaves;		/* # of lituses.  */
    498   1.1  christos   unsigned saw_tlsgd : 1;	/* True if ...  */
    499   1.1  christos   unsigned saw_tlsldm : 1;
    500   1.1  christos   unsigned saw_lu_tlsgd : 1;
    501   1.1  christos   unsigned saw_lu_tlsldm : 1;
    502   1.1  christos   unsigned multi_section_p : 1;	/* True if more than one section was used.  */
    503   1.8  christos   char string[1];		/* Printable form of sequence to hash with.  */
    504   1.1  christos };
    505   1.1  christos 
    506   1.1  christos /* Hash table to link up literals with the appropriate lituse.  */
    507   1.1  christos static htab_t alpha_literal_hash;
    508   1.1  christos 
    509   1.1  christos /* Sequence numbers for internal use by macros.  */
    510   1.1  christos static long next_sequence_num = -1;
    511   1.1  christos 
    512   1.1  christos /* A table of CPU names and opcode sets.  */
    514   1.1  christos 
    515   1.1  christos static const struct cpu_type
    516   1.1  christos {
    517   1.1  christos   const char *name;
    518   1.1  christos   unsigned flags;
    519   1.1  christos }
    520   1.1  christos cpu_types[] =
    521   1.1  christos {
    522   1.1  christos   /* Ad hoc convention: cpu number gets palcode, process code doesn't.
    523   1.1  christos      This supports usage under DU 4.0b that does ".arch ev4", and
    524   1.1  christos      usage in MILO that does -m21064.  Probably something more
    525   1.1  christos      specific like -m21064-pal should be used, but oh well.  */
    526   1.1  christos 
    527   1.1  christos   { "21064", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
    528   1.1  christos   { "21064a", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
    529   1.1  christos   { "21066", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
    530   1.1  christos   { "21068", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
    531   1.1  christos   { "21164", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5 },
    532   1.1  christos   { "21164a", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5|AXP_OPCODE_BWX },
    533   1.1  christos   { "21164pc", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
    534   1.1  christos 		|AXP_OPCODE_MAX) },
    535   1.1  christos   { "21264", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
    536   1.1  christos 	      |AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) },
    537   1.1  christos   { "21264a", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
    538   1.1  christos 	      |AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) },
    539   1.1  christos   { "21264b", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
    540   1.1  christos 	      |AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) },
    541   1.1  christos 
    542   1.1  christos   { "ev4", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
    543   1.1  christos   { "ev45", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
    544   1.1  christos   { "lca45", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
    545   1.1  christos   { "ev5", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
    546   1.1  christos   { "ev56", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX },
    547   1.1  christos   { "pca56", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX },
    548   1.1  christos   { "ev6", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX },
    549   1.1  christos   { "ev67", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX },
    550   1.1  christos   { "ev68", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX },
    551   1.1  christos 
    552   1.1  christos   { "all", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
    553   1.1  christos   { 0, 0 }
    554   1.1  christos };
    555   1.1  christos 
    556   1.1  christos /* Some instruction sets indexed by lg(size).  */
    557   1.1  christos static const char * const sextX_op[] = { "sextb", "sextw", "sextl", NULL };
    558   1.1  christos static const char * const insXl_op[] = { "insbl", "inswl", "insll", "insql" };
    559   1.1  christos static const char * const insXh_op[] = { NULL,    "inswh", "inslh", "insqh" };
    560   1.1  christos static const char * const extXl_op[] = { "extbl", "extwl", "extll", "extql" };
    561   1.1  christos static const char * const extXh_op[] = { NULL,    "extwh", "extlh", "extqh" };
    562   1.1  christos static const char * const mskXl_op[] = { "mskbl", "mskwl", "mskll", "mskql" };
    563   1.1  christos static const char * const mskXh_op[] = { NULL,    "mskwh", "msklh", "mskqh" };
    564   1.1  christos static const char * const stX_op[] = { "stb", "stw", "stl", "stq" };
    565   1.1  christos static const char * const ldXu_op[] = { "ldbu", "ldwu", NULL, NULL };
    566   1.5  christos 
    567   1.1  christos static void assemble_insn (const struct alpha_opcode *, const expressionS *, int, struct alpha_insn *, extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type);
    568   1.1  christos static void emit_insn (struct alpha_insn *);
    569   1.1  christos static void assemble_tokens (const char *, const expressionS *, int, int);
    570   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    571   1.1  christos static const char *s_alpha_section_name (void);
    572   1.1  christos static symbolS *add_to_link_pool (symbolS *, offsetT);
    573   1.1  christos #endif
    574   1.1  christos 
    575   1.1  christos static struct alpha_reloc_tag *
    577   1.1  christos get_alpha_reloc_tag (long sequence)
    578  1.10  christos {
    579   1.1  christos   char buffer[ALPHA_RELOC_DIGITS];
    580   1.1  christos   struct alpha_reloc_tag *info;
    581   1.1  christos 
    582   1.1  christos   sprintf (buffer, "!%ld", sequence);
    583   1.9  christos 
    584   1.1  christos   info = str_hash_find (alpha_literal_hash, buffer);
    585   1.1  christos   if (! info)
    586   1.1  christos     {
    587   1.1  christos       size_t len = strlen (buffer);
    588   1.8  christos 
    589   1.1  christos       info = notes_calloc (sizeof (struct alpha_reloc_tag) + len, 1);
    590   1.1  christos 
    591   1.1  christos       info->segment = now_seg;
    592   1.1  christos       info->sequence = sequence;
    593   1.1  christos       strcpy (info->string, buffer);
    594   1.1  christos       str_hash_insert (alpha_literal_hash, info->string, info, 0);
    595   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    596   1.1  christos       info->sym = 0;
    597   1.1  christos       info->psym = 0;
    598   1.1  christos #endif
    599   1.1  christos     }
    600   1.1  christos 
    601   1.1  christos   return info;
    602   1.1  christos }
    603   1.1  christos 
    604   1.1  christos #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
    605   1.1  christos 
    606   1.1  christos static void
    607   1.1  christos alpha_adjust_relocs (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    608   1.1  christos 		     asection *sec,
    609   1.1  christos 		     void * ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
    610   1.1  christos {
    611   1.1  christos   segment_info_type *seginfo = seg_info (sec);
    612   1.1  christos   fixS **prevP;
    613   1.1  christos   fixS *fixp;
    614   1.1  christos   fixS *next;
    615   1.1  christos   fixS *slave;
    616   1.1  christos 
    617   1.1  christos   /* If seginfo is NULL, we did not create this section; don't do
    618   1.1  christos      anything with it.  By using a pointer to a pointer, we can update
    619   1.1  christos      the links in place.  */
    620   1.1  christos   if (seginfo == NULL)
    621   1.1  christos     return;
    622   1.1  christos 
    623   1.1  christos   /* If there are no relocations, skip the section.  */
    624   1.1  christos   if (! seginfo->fix_root)
    625   1.1  christos     return;
    626   1.1  christos 
    627  1.10  christos   /* First rebuild the fixup chain without the explicit lituse and
    628   1.1  christos      gpdisp_lo16 relocs.  */
    629   1.1  christos   prevP = &seginfo->fix_root;
    630   1.1  christos   for (fixp = seginfo->fix_root; fixp; fixp = next)
    631   1.1  christos     {
    632   1.1  christos       next = fixp->fx_next;
    633   1.1  christos       fixp->fx_next = NULL;
    634   1.1  christos 
    635   1.1  christos       switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
    636   1.1  christos 	{
    637   1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
    638   1.1  christos 	  if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0)
    639   1.1  christos 	    as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
    640   1.1  christos 			  _("No !literal!%ld was found"),
    641   1.1  christos 			  fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
    642   1.1  christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
    643   1.1  christos 	  if (fixp->fx_offset == LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSGD)
    644   1.1  christos 	    {
    645   1.1  christos 	      if (! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsgd)
    646   1.1  christos 		as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
    647   1.1  christos 			      _("No !tlsgd!%ld was found"),
    648   1.1  christos 			      fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
    649   1.1  christos 	    }
    650   1.1  christos 	  else if (fixp->fx_offset == LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSLDM)
    651   1.1  christos 	    {
    652   1.1  christos 	      if (! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsldm)
    653   1.1  christos 		as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
    654   1.1  christos 			      _("No !tlsldm!%ld was found"),
    655   1.1  christos 			      fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
    656   1.1  christos 	    }
    657   1.1  christos #endif
    658   1.1  christos 	  break;
    659   1.1  christos 
    660   1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
    661   1.1  christos 	  if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0)
    662   1.1  christos 	    as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
    663   1.1  christos 			  _("No ldah !gpdisp!%ld was found"),
    664   1.1  christos 			  fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
    665   1.1  christos 	  break;
    666   1.1  christos 
    667   1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
    668   1.1  christos 	  if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info
    669   1.1  christos 	      && (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsgd
    670   1.1  christos 	          || fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsldm))
    671   1.1  christos 	    break;
    672   1.1  christos 	  /* FALLTHRU */
    673   1.1  christos 
    674   1.1  christos 	default:
    675   1.1  christos 	  *prevP = fixp;
    676   1.1  christos 	  prevP = &fixp->fx_next;
    677   1.1  christos 	  break;
    678   1.1  christos 	}
    679   1.1  christos     }
    680   1.1  christos 
    681   1.1  christos   /* Go back and re-chain dependent relocations.  They are currently
    682   1.1  christos      linked through the next_reloc field in reverse order, so as we
    683   1.1  christos      go through the next_reloc chain, we effectively reverse the chain
    684   1.1  christos      once again.
    685   1.1  christos 
    686   1.1  christos      Except if there is more than one !literal for a given sequence
    687   1.1  christos      number.  In that case, the programmer and/or compiler is not sure
    688   1.1  christos      how control flows from literal to lituse, and we can't be sure to
    689   1.1  christos      get the relaxation correct.
    690   1.6  christos 
    691   1.1  christos      ??? Well, actually we could, if there are enough lituses such that
    692   1.1  christos      we can make each literal have at least one of each lituse type
    693   1.1  christos      present.  Not implemented.
    694   1.1  christos 
    695   1.1  christos      Also suppress the optimization if the !literals/!lituses are spread
    696   1.1  christos      in different segments.  This can happen with "interesting" uses of
    697   1.1  christos      inline assembly; examples are present in the Linux kernel semaphores.  */
    698   1.1  christos 
    699   1.1  christos   for (fixp = seginfo->fix_root; fixp; fixp = next)
    700   1.1  christos     {
    701   1.1  christos       next = fixp->fx_next;
    702   1.1  christos       switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
    703   1.1  christos 	{
    704   1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
    705   1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
    706   1.1  christos 	  if (!fixp->tc_fix_data.info)
    707   1.1  christos 	    break;
    708   1.1  christos 	  if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0)
    709   1.1  christos 	    break;
    710   1.1  christos 	  else if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master > 1)
    711   1.1  christos 	    {
    712   1.1  christos 	      as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
    713   1.1  christos 			    _("too many !literal!%ld for %s"),
    714   1.1  christos 			    fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence,
    715   1.1  christos 			    (fixp->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD
    716   1.1  christos 			     ? "!tlsgd" : "!tlsldm"));
    717   1.1  christos 	      break;
    718   1.1  christos 	    }
    719   1.1  christos 
    720   1.1  christos 	  fixp->tc_fix_data.info->master->fx_next = fixp->fx_next;
    721   1.1  christos 	  fixp->fx_next = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->master;
    722   1.1  christos 	  fixp = fixp->fx_next;
    723   1.1  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
    724   1.1  christos 
    725  1.10  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
    726   1.1  christos 	  if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info
    727   1.1  christos 	      && fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 1
    728   1.1  christos 	      && ! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->multi_section_p)
    729   1.1  christos 	    {
    730   1.1  christos 	      for (slave = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->slaves;
    731   1.1  christos 		   slave != NULL;
    732   1.1  christos 		   slave = slave->tc_fix_data.next_reloc)
    733   1.1  christos 		{
    734   1.1  christos 		  slave->fx_next = fixp->fx_next;
    735   1.1  christos 		  fixp->fx_next = slave;
    736   1.1  christos 		}
    737   1.1  christos 	    }
    738   1.1  christos 	  break;
    739   1.1  christos 
    740   1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
    741   1.1  christos 	  if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_slaves == 0)
    742   1.1  christos 	    as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
    743   1.1  christos 			  _("No lda !gpdisp!%ld was found"),
    744   1.1  christos 			  fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
    745   1.1  christos 	  else
    746   1.1  christos 	    {
    747   1.1  christos 	      slave = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->slaves;
    748   1.1  christos 	      slave->fx_next = next;
    749   1.1  christos 	      fixp->fx_next = slave;
    750   1.1  christos 	    }
    751   1.1  christos 	  break;
    752   1.1  christos 
    753   1.1  christos 	default:
    754   1.1  christos 	  break;
    755   1.1  christos 	}
    756   1.1  christos     }
    757   1.1  christos }
    758   1.1  christos 
    759   1.1  christos /* Before the relocations are written, reorder them, so that user
    760   1.1  christos    supplied !lituse relocations follow the appropriate !literal
    761   1.1  christos    relocations, and similarly for !gpdisp relocations.  */
    762   1.1  christos 
    763   1.1  christos void
    764   1.1  christos alpha_before_fix (void)
    765   1.1  christos {
    766   1.1  christos   if (alpha_literal_hash)
    767   1.1  christos     bfd_map_over_sections (stdoutput, alpha_adjust_relocs, NULL);
    768   1.1  christos }
    769   1.1  christos 
    770   1.1  christos #endif
    771   1.1  christos 
    772   1.1  christos #ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA
    774   1.1  christos static void
    775   1.1  christos debug_exp (expressionS tok[], int ntok)
    776   1.1  christos {
    777   1.1  christos   int i;
    778   1.1  christos 
    779   1.1  christos   fprintf (stderr, "debug_exp: %d tokens", ntok);
    780   1.1  christos   for (i = 0; i < ntok; i++)
    781   1.1  christos     {
    782   1.1  christos       expressionS *t = &tok[i];
    783   1.1  christos       const char *name;
    784   1.1  christos 
    785   1.1  christos       switch (t->X_op)
    786   1.1  christos 	{
    787   1.1  christos 	default:			name = "unknown";		break;
    788   1.1  christos 	case O_illegal:			name = "O_illegal";		break;
    789   1.1  christos 	case O_absent:			name = "O_absent";		break;
    790   1.1  christos 	case O_constant:		name = "O_constant";		break;
    791   1.1  christos 	case O_symbol:			name = "O_symbol";		break;
    792   1.1  christos 	case O_symbol_rva:		name = "O_symbol_rva";		break;
    793   1.1  christos 	case O_register:		name = "O_register";		break;
    794   1.1  christos 	case O_big:			name = "O_big";			break;
    795   1.1  christos 	case O_uminus:			name = "O_uminus";		break;
    796   1.1  christos 	case O_bit_not:			name = "O_bit_not";		break;
    797   1.1  christos 	case O_logical_not:		name = "O_logical_not";		break;
    798   1.1  christos 	case O_multiply:		name = "O_multiply";		break;
    799   1.1  christos 	case O_divide:			name = "O_divide";		break;
    800   1.1  christos 	case O_modulus:			name = "O_modulus";		break;
    801   1.1  christos 	case O_left_shift:		name = "O_left_shift";		break;
    802   1.1  christos 	case O_right_shift:		name = "O_right_shift";		break;
    803   1.1  christos 	case O_bit_inclusive_or:	name = "O_bit_inclusive_or";	break;
    804   1.1  christos 	case O_bit_or_not:		name = "O_bit_or_not";		break;
    805   1.1  christos 	case O_bit_exclusive_or:	name = "O_bit_exclusive_or";	break;
    806   1.1  christos 	case O_bit_and:			name = "O_bit_and";		break;
    807   1.1  christos 	case O_add:			name = "O_add";			break;
    808   1.1  christos 	case O_subtract:		name = "O_subtract";		break;
    809   1.1  christos 	case O_eq:			name = "O_eq";			break;
    810   1.1  christos 	case O_ne:			name = "O_ne";			break;
    811   1.1  christos 	case O_lt:			name = "O_lt";			break;
    812   1.1  christos 	case O_le:			name = "O_le";			break;
    813   1.1  christos 	case O_ge:			name = "O_ge";			break;
    814   1.1  christos 	case O_gt:			name = "O_gt";			break;
    815   1.1  christos 	case O_logical_and:		name = "O_logical_and";		break;
    816   1.1  christos 	case O_logical_or:		name = "O_logical_or";		break;
    817   1.1  christos 	case O_index:			name = "O_index";		break;
    818   1.1  christos 	case O_pregister:		name = "O_pregister";		break;
    819   1.1  christos 	case O_cpregister:		name = "O_cpregister";		break;
    820   1.1  christos 	case O_literal:			name = "O_literal";		break;
    821   1.1  christos 	case O_lituse_addr:		name = "O_lituse_addr";		break;
    822   1.1  christos 	case O_lituse_base:		name = "O_lituse_base";		break;
    823   1.1  christos 	case O_lituse_bytoff:		name = "O_lituse_bytoff";	break;
    824   1.1  christos 	case O_lituse_jsr:		name = "O_lituse_jsr";		break;
    825   1.1  christos 	case O_lituse_tlsgd:		name = "O_lituse_tlsgd";	break;
    826   1.1  christos 	case O_lituse_tlsldm:		name = "O_lituse_tlsldm";	break;
    827   1.1  christos 	case O_lituse_jsrdirect:	name = "O_lituse_jsrdirect";	break;
    828   1.1  christos 	case O_gpdisp:			name = "O_gpdisp";		break;
    829   1.1  christos 	case O_gprelhigh:		name = "O_gprelhigh";		break;
    830   1.1  christos 	case O_gprellow:		name = "O_gprellow";		break;
    831   1.1  christos 	case O_gprel:			name = "O_gprel";		break;
    832   1.1  christos 	case O_samegp:			name = "O_samegp";		break;
    833   1.1  christos 	case O_tlsgd:			name = "O_tlsgd";		break;
    834   1.1  christos 	case O_tlsldm:			name = "O_tlsldm";		break;
    835   1.1  christos 	case O_gotdtprel:		name = "O_gotdtprel";		break;
    836   1.1  christos 	case O_dtprelhi:		name = "O_dtprelhi";		break;
    837   1.1  christos 	case O_dtprello:		name = "O_dtprello";		break;
    838   1.1  christos 	case O_dtprel:			name = "O_dtprel";		break;
    839   1.1  christos 	case O_gottprel:		name = "O_gottprel";		break;
    840   1.1  christos 	case O_tprelhi:			name = "O_tprelhi";		break;
    841   1.1  christos 	case O_tprello:			name = "O_tprello";		break;
    842   1.1  christos 	case O_tprel:			name = "O_tprel";		break;
    843   1.1  christos 	}
    844   1.1  christos 
    845   1.1  christos       fprintf (stderr, ", %s(%s, %s, %d)", name,
    846   1.1  christos 	       (t->X_add_symbol) ? S_GET_NAME (t->X_add_symbol) : "--",
    847   1.1  christos 	       (t->X_op_symbol) ? S_GET_NAME (t->X_op_symbol) : "--",
    848   1.1  christos 	       (int) t->X_add_number);
    849   1.1  christos     }
    850   1.1  christos   fprintf (stderr, "\n");
    851   1.1  christos   fflush (stderr);
    852   1.1  christos }
    853   1.1  christos #endif
    854   1.1  christos 
    855   1.1  christos /* Parse the arguments to an opcode.  */
    856   1.1  christos 
    857   1.1  christos static int
    858   1.1  christos tokenize_arguments (char *str,
    859   1.1  christos 		    expressionS tok[],
    860   1.1  christos 		    int ntok)
    861   1.1  christos {
    862   1.1  christos   expressionS *end_tok = tok + ntok;
    863   1.1  christos   char *old_input_line_pointer;
    864   1.1  christos   int saw_comma = 0, saw_arg = 0;
    865   1.1  christos #ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA
    866   1.1  christos   expressionS *orig_tok = tok;
    867   1.1  christos #endif
    868   1.1  christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
    869   1.1  christos   char *p;
    870   1.1  christos   const struct alpha_reloc_op_tag *r;
    871   1.1  christos   int c, i;
    872   1.1  christos   size_t len;
    873   1.1  christos   int reloc_found_p = 0;
    874   1.1  christos #endif
    875   1.1  christos 
    876   1.1  christos   memset (tok, 0, sizeof (*tok) * ntok);
    877  1.10  christos 
    878   1.1  christos   /* Save and restore input_line_pointer around this function.  */
    879   1.1  christos   old_input_line_pointer = input_line_pointer;
    880   1.1  christos   input_line_pointer = str;
    881   1.1  christos 
    882   1.1  christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
    883   1.1  christos   /* ??? Wrest control of ! away from the regular expression parser.  */
    884   1.1  christos   lex_type[(unsigned char) '!'] |= LEX_EOS;
    885   1.1  christos #endif
    886   1.1  christos 
    887   1.1  christos   while (tok < end_tok && *input_line_pointer)
    888   1.1  christos     {
    889   1.1  christos       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
    890   1.1  christos       switch (*input_line_pointer)
    891   1.1  christos 	{
    892   1.1  christos 	case '\0':
    893   1.1  christos 	  goto fini;
    894   1.1  christos 
    895   1.1  christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
    896   1.1  christos 	case '!':
    897   1.1  christos 	  /* A relocation operand can be placed after the normal operand on an
    898   1.1  christos 	     assembly language statement, and has the following form:
    899   1.1  christos 		!relocation_type!sequence_number.  */
    900   1.1  christos 	  if (reloc_found_p)
    901   1.1  christos 	    {
    902   1.1  christos 	      /* Only support one relocation op per insn.  */
    903   1.1  christos 	      as_bad (_("More than one relocation op per insn"));
    904   1.1  christos 	      goto err_report;
    905   1.3  christos 	    }
    906   1.1  christos 
    907   1.1  christos 	  if (!saw_arg)
    908   1.1  christos 	    goto err;
    909   1.1  christos 
    910   1.1  christos 	  ++input_line_pointer;
    911   1.1  christos 	  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
    912   1.1  christos 	  c = get_symbol_name (&p);
    913   1.1  christos 
    914   1.1  christos 	  /* Parse !relocation_type.  */
    915   1.1  christos 	  len = input_line_pointer - p;
    916   1.1  christos 	  if (len == 0)
    917   1.1  christos 	    {
    918   1.1  christos 	      as_bad (_("No relocation operand"));
    919   1.1  christos 	      goto err_report;
    920   1.1  christos 	    }
    921   1.1  christos 
    922   1.1  christos 	  r = &alpha_reloc_op[0];
    923   1.1  christos 	  for (i = alpha_num_reloc_op - 1; i >= 0; i--, r++)
    924   1.1  christos 	    if (len == r->length && memcmp (p, r->name, len) == 0)
    925  1.10  christos 	      break;
    926  1.10  christos 	  if (i < 0)
    927   1.1  christos 	    {
    928   1.1  christos 	      as_bad (_("Unknown relocation operand: !%s"), p);
    929   1.1  christos 	      goto err_report;
    930   1.1  christos 	    }
    931   1.1  christos 
    932   1.1  christos 	  restore_line_pointer (c);
    933   1.1  christos 	  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
    934   1.1  christos 	  if (*input_line_pointer != '!')
    935   1.1  christos 	    {
    936   1.1  christos 	      if (r->require_seq)
    937   1.1  christos 		{
    938   1.1  christos 		  as_bad (_("no sequence number after !%s"), p);
    939   1.1  christos 		  goto err_report;
    940   1.1  christos 		}
    941   1.1  christos 
    942   1.1  christos 	      tok->X_add_number = 0;
    943   1.1  christos 	    }
    944   1.1  christos 	  else
    945   1.1  christos 	    {
    946   1.1  christos 	      if (! r->allow_seq)
    947   1.1  christos 		{
    948   1.1  christos 		  as_bad (_("!%s does not use a sequence number"), p);
    949   1.1  christos 		  goto err_report;
    950   1.1  christos 		}
    951   1.1  christos 
    952   1.1  christos 	      input_line_pointer++;
    953   1.1  christos 
    954   1.1  christos 	      /* Parse !sequence_number.  */
    955   1.1  christos 	      expression (tok);
    956   1.1  christos 	      if (tok->X_op != O_constant || tok->X_add_number <= 0)
    957   1.1  christos 		{
    958   1.1  christos 		  as_bad (_("Bad sequence number: !%s!%s"),
    959   1.1  christos 			  r->name, input_line_pointer);
    960   1.1  christos 		  goto err_report;
    961   1.1  christos 		}
    962   1.1  christos 	    }
    963   1.1  christos 
    964   1.1  christos 	  tok->X_op = r->op;
    965   1.1  christos 	  reloc_found_p = 1;
    966   1.1  christos 	  ++tok;
    967   1.1  christos 	  break;
    968   1.1  christos #endif /* RELOC_OP_P */
    969   1.1  christos 
    970   1.1  christos 	case ',':
    971   1.1  christos 	  ++input_line_pointer;
    972   1.1  christos 	  if (saw_comma || !saw_arg)
    973   1.1  christos 	    goto err;
    974   1.1  christos 	  saw_comma = 1;
    975   1.1  christos 	  break;
    976   1.9  christos 
    977   1.1  christos 	case '(':
    978   1.1  christos 	  {
    979   1.1  christos 	    char *hold = input_line_pointer++;
    980   1.1  christos 
    981   1.1  christos 	    /* First try for parenthesized register ...  */
    982   1.1  christos 	    expression (tok);
    983   1.1  christos 	    resolve_register (tok);
    984   1.1  christos 	    if (*input_line_pointer == ')' && tok->X_op == O_register)
    985   1.1  christos 	      {
    986   1.1  christos 		tok->X_op = (saw_comma ? O_cpregister : O_pregister);
    987   1.1  christos 		saw_comma = 0;
    988   1.1  christos 		saw_arg = 1;
    989   1.1  christos 		++input_line_pointer;
    990   1.6  christos 		++tok;
    991   1.1  christos 		break;
    992   1.1  christos 	      }
    993   1.1  christos 
    994   1.1  christos 	    /* ... then fall through to plain expression.  */
    995   1.1  christos 	    input_line_pointer = hold;
    996   1.1  christos 	  }
    997   1.1  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
    998   1.1  christos 
    999   1.1  christos 	default:
   1000   1.9  christos 	  if (saw_arg && !saw_comma)
   1001   1.9  christos 	    goto err;
   1002   1.1  christos 
   1003   1.1  christos 	  expression (tok);
   1004   1.1  christos 	  if (tok->X_op == O_illegal || tok->X_op == O_absent)
   1005   1.1  christos 	    goto err;
   1006   1.1  christos 
   1007   1.1  christos 	  resolve_register (tok);
   1008   1.1  christos 
   1009   1.8  christos 	  saw_comma = 0;
   1010   1.1  christos 	  saw_arg = 1;
   1011   1.1  christos 	  ++tok;
   1012   1.1  christos 	  break;
   1013   1.1  christos 	}
   1014   1.1  christos     }
   1015   1.1  christos 
   1016   1.1  christos  fini:
   1017   1.1  christos   if (saw_comma)
   1018  1.10  christos     goto err;
   1019   1.1  christos   input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
   1020   1.1  christos 
   1021   1.1  christos #ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA
   1022   1.1  christos   debug_exp (orig_tok, ntok - (end_tok - tok));
   1023   1.8  christos #endif
   1024   1.1  christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
   1025  1.10  christos   lex_type[(unsigned char) '!'] &= ~LEX_EOS;
   1026   1.1  christos #endif
   1027   1.1  christos 
   1028   1.1  christos   return ntok - (end_tok - tok);
   1029   1.1  christos 
   1030   1.1  christos  err:
   1031   1.8  christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
   1032  1.10  christos   lex_type[(unsigned char) '!'] &= ~LEX_EOS;
   1033   1.1  christos #endif
   1034   1.1  christos   input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
   1035   1.1  christos   return TOKENIZE_ERROR;
   1036   1.1  christos 
   1037   1.1  christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
   1038   1.1  christos  err_report:
   1039   1.1  christos   lex_type[(unsigned char) '!'] &= ~LEX_EOS;
   1040   1.1  christos #endif
   1041   1.1  christos   input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
   1042   1.1  christos   return TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT;
   1043   1.1  christos }
   1044   1.1  christos 
   1045   1.1  christos /* Search forward through all variants of an opcode looking for a
   1046   1.1  christos    syntax match.  */
   1047   1.1  christos 
   1048   1.1  christos static const struct alpha_opcode *
   1049   1.1  christos find_opcode_match (const struct alpha_opcode *first_opcode,
   1050   1.1  christos 		   const expressionS *tok,
   1051   1.1  christos 		   int *pntok,
   1052   1.1  christos 		   int *pcpumatch)
   1053   1.1  christos {
   1054   1.1  christos   const struct alpha_opcode *opcode = first_opcode;
   1055   1.1  christos   int ntok = *pntok;
   1056   1.1  christos   int got_cpu_match = 0;
   1057   1.1  christos 
   1058   1.1  christos   do
   1059   1.1  christos     {
   1060   1.1  christos       const unsigned char *opidx;
   1061   1.1  christos       int tokidx = 0;
   1062   1.1  christos 
   1063   1.1  christos       /* Don't match opcodes that don't exist on this architecture.  */
   1064   1.1  christos       if (!(opcode->flags & alpha_target))
   1065   1.1  christos 	goto match_failed;
   1066   1.1  christos 
   1067   1.1  christos       got_cpu_match = 1;
   1068   1.1  christos 
   1069   1.1  christos       for (opidx = opcode->operands; *opidx; ++opidx)
   1070   1.1  christos 	{
   1071   1.1  christos 	  const struct alpha_operand *operand = &alpha_operands[*opidx];
   1072   1.1  christos 
   1073   1.1  christos 	  /* Only take input from real operands.  */
   1074   1.1  christos 	  if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_FAKE)
   1075   1.1  christos 	    continue;
   1076   1.1  christos 
   1077   1.1  christos 	  /* When we expect input, make sure we have it.  */
   1078   1.1  christos 	  if (tokidx >= ntok)
   1079   1.1  christos 	    {
   1080   1.1  christos 	      if ((operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_OPTIONAL_MASK) == 0)
   1081   1.1  christos 		goto match_failed;
   1082   1.1  christos 	      continue;
   1083   1.1  christos 	    }
   1084   1.1  christos 
   1085   1.1  christos 	  /* Match operand type with expression type.  */
   1086   1.1  christos 	  switch (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_TYPECHECK_MASK)
   1087   1.1  christos 	    {
   1088   1.1  christos 	    case AXP_OPERAND_IR:
   1089   1.1  christos 	      if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
   1090   1.1  christos 		  || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   1091   1.1  christos 		goto match_failed;
   1092   1.1  christos 	      break;
   1093   1.1  christos 	    case AXP_OPERAND_FPR:
   1094   1.1  christos 	      if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
   1095   1.1  christos 		  || !is_fpr_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   1096   1.1  christos 		goto match_failed;
   1097   1.1  christos 	      break;
   1098   1.1  christos 	    case AXP_OPERAND_IR | AXP_OPERAND_PARENS:
   1099   1.1  christos 	      if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_pregister
   1100   1.1  christos 		  || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   1101   1.1  christos 		goto match_failed;
   1102   1.1  christos 	      break;
   1103   1.1  christos 	    case AXP_OPERAND_IR | AXP_OPERAND_PARENS | AXP_OPERAND_COMMA:
   1104   1.1  christos 	      if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_cpregister
   1105   1.1  christos 		  || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   1106   1.1  christos 		goto match_failed;
   1107   1.1  christos 	      break;
   1108   1.1  christos 
   1109   1.1  christos 	    case AXP_OPERAND_RELATIVE:
   1110   1.1  christos 	    case AXP_OPERAND_SIGNED:
   1111   1.1  christos 	    case AXP_OPERAND_UNSIGNED:
   1112   1.1  christos 	      switch (tok[tokidx].X_op)
   1113   1.1  christos 		{
   1114   1.1  christos 		case O_illegal:
   1115   1.1  christos 		case O_absent:
   1116   1.1  christos 		case O_register:
   1117   1.1  christos 		case O_pregister:
   1118   1.1  christos 		case O_cpregister:
   1119   1.1  christos 		  goto match_failed;
   1120   1.1  christos 
   1121   1.1  christos 		default:
   1122   1.1  christos 		  break;
   1123   1.1  christos 		}
   1124   1.1  christos 	      break;
   1125   1.1  christos 
   1126   1.1  christos 	    default:
   1127   1.1  christos 	      /* Everything else should have been fake.  */
   1128   1.1  christos 	      abort ();
   1129   1.1  christos 	    }
   1130   1.1  christos 	  ++tokidx;
   1131   1.1  christos 	}
   1132   1.1  christos 
   1133   1.1  christos       /* Possible match -- did we use all of our input?  */
   1134   1.1  christos       if (tokidx == ntok)
   1135   1.1  christos 	{
   1136   1.1  christos 	  *pntok = ntok;
   1137   1.1  christos 	  return opcode;
   1138   1.1  christos 	}
   1139   1.1  christos 
   1140   1.1  christos     match_failed:;
   1141   1.1  christos     }
   1142   1.1  christos   while (++opcode - alpha_opcodes < (int) alpha_num_opcodes
   1143   1.1  christos 	 && !strcmp (opcode->name, first_opcode->name));
   1144   1.1  christos 
   1145   1.1  christos   if (*pcpumatch)
   1146   1.1  christos     *pcpumatch = got_cpu_match;
   1147   1.1  christos 
   1148   1.1  christos   return NULL;
   1149   1.1  christos }
   1150   1.1  christos 
   1151   1.1  christos /* Given an opcode name and a pre-tokenized set of arguments, assemble
   1152   1.1  christos    the insn, but do not emit it.
   1153   1.1  christos 
   1154   1.1  christos    Note that this implies no macros allowed, since we can't store more
   1155   1.1  christos    than one insn in an insn structure.  */
   1156   1.1  christos 
   1157   1.1  christos static void
   1158   1.1  christos assemble_tokens_to_insn (const char *opname,
   1159  1.10  christos 			 const expressionS *tok,
   1160   1.1  christos 			 int ntok,
   1161   1.1  christos 			 struct alpha_insn *insn)
   1162   1.1  christos {
   1163   1.1  christos   const struct alpha_opcode *opcode;
   1164   1.1  christos 
   1165   1.1  christos   /* Search opcodes.  */
   1166   1.1  christos   opcode = str_hash_find (alpha_opcode_hash, opname);
   1167   1.1  christos   if (opcode)
   1168   1.1  christos     {
   1169   1.1  christos       int cpumatch;
   1170   1.1  christos       opcode = find_opcode_match (opcode, tok, &ntok, &cpumatch);
   1171   1.1  christos       if (opcode)
   1172   1.1  christos 	{
   1173   1.1  christos 	  assemble_insn (opcode, tok, ntok, insn, BFD_RELOC_UNUSED);
   1174   1.1  christos 	  return;
   1175   1.1  christos 	}
   1176   1.1  christos       else if (cpumatch)
   1177   1.1  christos 	as_bad (_("inappropriate arguments for opcode `%s'"), opname);
   1178   1.1  christos       else
   1179   1.1  christos 	as_bad (_("opcode `%s' not supported for target %s"), opname,
   1180   1.1  christos 		alpha_target_name);
   1181   1.1  christos     }
   1182   1.1  christos   else
   1183   1.1  christos     as_bad (_("unknown opcode `%s'"), opname);
   1184   1.1  christos }
   1185   1.1  christos 
   1186   1.1  christos /* Build a BFD section with its flags set appropriately for the .lita,
   1187   1.1  christos    .lit8, or .lit4 sections.  */
   1188   1.1  christos 
   1189   1.1  christos static void
   1190   1.1  christos create_literal_section (const char *name,
   1191   1.1  christos 			segT *secp,
   1192   1.1  christos 			symbolS **symp)
   1193   1.7  christos {
   1194   1.7  christos   segT current_section = now_seg;
   1195   1.7  christos   int current_subsec = now_subseg;
   1196   1.1  christos   segT new_sec;
   1197   1.1  christos 
   1198   1.1  christos   *secp = new_sec = subseg_new (name, 0);
   1199   1.1  christos   subseg_set (current_section, current_subsec);
   1200   1.1  christos   bfd_set_section_alignment (new_sec, 4);
   1201   1.1  christos   bfd_set_section_flags (new_sec, (SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
   1202   1.1  christos 				   | SEC_READONLY | SEC_DATA));
   1203   1.1  christos 
   1204   1.1  christos   S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (*symp = section_symbol (new_sec));
   1205   1.1  christos }
   1206   1.1  christos 
   1207   1.1  christos /* Load a (partial) expression into a target register.
   1208   1.1  christos 
   1209   1.1  christos    If poffset is not null, after the call it will either contain
   1210   1.1  christos    O_constant 0, or a 16-bit offset appropriate for any MEM format
   1211   1.1  christos    instruction.  In addition, pbasereg will be modified to point to
   1212   1.1  christos    the base register to use in that MEM format instruction.
   1213   1.1  christos 
   1214   1.1  christos    In any case, *pbasereg should contain a base register to add to the
   1215   1.1  christos    expression.  This will normally be either AXP_REG_ZERO or
   1216   1.1  christos    alpha_gp_register.  Symbol addresses will always be loaded via $gp,
   1217   1.1  christos    so "foo($0)" is interpreted as adding the address of foo to $0;
   1218   1.1  christos    i.e. "ldq $targ, LIT($gp); addq $targ, $0, $targ".  Odd, perhaps,
   1219   1.1  christos    but this is what OSF/1 does.
   1220   1.1  christos 
   1221   1.1  christos    If explicit relocations of the form !literal!<number> are allowed,
   1222   1.1  christos    and used, then explicit_reloc with be an expression pointer.
   1223   1.1  christos 
   1224   1.1  christos    Finally, the return value is nonzero if the calling macro may emit
   1225   1.1  christos    a LITUSE reloc if otherwise appropriate; the return value is the
   1226   1.1  christos    sequence number to use.  */
   1227   1.1  christos 
   1228   1.1  christos static long
   1229   1.1  christos load_expression (int targreg,
   1230   1.1  christos 		 const expressionS *exp,
   1231   1.1  christos 		 int *pbasereg,
   1232   1.1  christos 		 expressionS *poffset,
   1233   1.1  christos 		 const char *opname)
   1234   1.1  christos {
   1235   1.1  christos   long emit_lituse = 0;
   1236   1.1  christos   offsetT addend = exp->X_add_number;
   1237   1.1  christos   int basereg = *pbasereg;
   1238   1.1  christos   struct alpha_insn insn;
   1239   1.1  christos   expressionS newtok[3];
   1240   1.1  christos 
   1241   1.1  christos   switch (exp->X_op)
   1242   1.1  christos     {
   1243   1.1  christos     case O_symbol:
   1244   1.1  christos       {
   1245   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   1246   1.1  christos 	offsetT lit;
   1247   1.1  christos 
   1248   1.1  christos 	/* Attempt to reduce .lit load by splitting the offset from
   1249   1.1  christos 	   its symbol when possible, but don't create a situation in
   1250   1.1  christos 	   which we'd fail.  */
   1251   1.1  christos 	if (!range_signed_32 (addend) &&
   1252   1.1  christos 	    (alpha_noat_on || targreg == AXP_REG_AT))
   1253   1.1  christos 	  {
   1254   1.1  christos 	    lit = add_to_literal_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, addend,
   1255   1.1  christos 				       alpha_lita_section, 8);
   1256   1.1  christos 	    addend = 0;
   1257   1.1  christos 	  }
   1258   1.1  christos 	else
   1259   1.1  christos 	  lit = add_to_literal_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, 0,
   1260   1.1  christos 				     alpha_lita_section, 8);
   1261   1.1  christos 
   1262   1.1  christos 	if (lit >= 0x8000)
   1263   1.1  christos 	  as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lita) table"));
   1264   1.1  christos 
   1265   1.1  christos 	/* Emit "ldq r, lit(gp)".  */
   1266   1.1  christos 
   1267   1.1  christos 	if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && targreg == basereg)
   1268   1.1  christos 	  {
   1269   1.1  christos 	    if (alpha_noat_on)
   1270   1.1  christos 	      as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   1271   1.1  christos 	    if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
   1272   1.1  christos 	      as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use"));
   1273   1.1  christos 
   1274   1.1  christos 	    set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   1275   1.1  christos 	  }
   1276   1.1  christos 	else
   1277   1.1  christos 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1278   1.1  christos 
   1279   1.1  christos 	set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lita_symbol, lit);
   1280   1.1  christos 	set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
   1281   1.1  christos 
   1282   1.1  christos 	assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1283   1.1  christos 
   1284   1.1  christos 	gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
   1285   1.1  christos 	insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL;
   1286   1.1  christos 	insn.sequence = emit_lituse = next_sequence_num--;
   1287   1.1  christos #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
   1288   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   1289   1.1  christos 	/* Emit "ldq r, gotoff(gp)".  */
   1290   1.1  christos 
   1291   1.1  christos 	if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && targreg == basereg)
   1292   1.1  christos 	  {
   1293   1.1  christos 	    if (alpha_noat_on)
   1294   1.1  christos 	      as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   1295   1.1  christos 	    if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
   1296   1.1  christos 	      as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use"));
   1297   1.1  christos 
   1298   1.1  christos 	    set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   1299   1.1  christos 	  }
   1300   1.1  christos 	else
   1301   1.1  christos 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1302   1.1  christos 
   1303   1.1  christos 	/* XXX: Disable this .got minimizing optimization so that we can get
   1304   1.1  christos 	   better instruction offset knowledge in the compiler.  This happens
   1305   1.1  christos 	   very infrequently anyway.  */
   1306   1.1  christos 	if (1
   1307   1.1  christos 	    || (!range_signed_32 (addend)
   1308   1.1  christos 		&& (alpha_noat_on || targreg == AXP_REG_AT)))
   1309   1.1  christos 	  {
   1310   1.1  christos 	    newtok[1] = *exp;
   1311   1.1  christos 	    addend = 0;
   1312   1.1  christos 	  }
   1313   1.1  christos 	else
   1314   1.1  christos 	  set_tok_sym (newtok[1], exp->X_add_symbol, 0);
   1315   1.1  christos 
   1316   1.1  christos 	set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
   1317   1.1  christos 
   1318   1.1  christos 	assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1319   1.1  christos 
   1320   1.1  christos 	gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
   1321   1.1  christos 	insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL;
   1322   1.1  christos 	insn.sequence = emit_lituse = next_sequence_num--;
   1323   1.1  christos #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
   1324   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   1325   1.1  christos 	/* Find symbol or symbol pointer in link section.  */
   1326   1.1  christos 
   1327   1.1  christos 	if (exp->X_add_symbol == alpha_evax_proc->symbol)
   1328   1.1  christos 	  {
   1329   1.1  christos             /* Linkage-relative expression.  */
   1330   1.1  christos             set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1331   1.1  christos 
   1332   1.1  christos 	    if (range_signed_16 (addend))
   1333   1.1  christos 	      {
   1334   1.1  christos 		set_tok_const (newtok[1], addend);
   1335   1.1  christos 		addend = 0;
   1336   1.1  christos 	      }
   1337   1.1  christos 	    else
   1338   1.1  christos 	      {
   1339   1.1  christos 		set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   1340   1.1  christos 	      }
   1341   1.1  christos             set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   1342   1.1  christos             assemble_tokens_to_insn ("lda", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1343   1.1  christos 	  }
   1344   1.1  christos 	else
   1345   1.1  christos 	  {
   1346   1.1  christos 	    const char *symname = S_GET_NAME (exp->X_add_symbol);
   1347   1.1  christos 	    const char *ptr1, *ptr2;
   1348   1.1  christos 	    int symlen = strlen (symname);
   1349   1.1  christos 
   1350   1.1  christos 	    if ((symlen > 4 &&
   1351   1.1  christos 		 strcmp (ptr2 = &symname [symlen - 4], "..lk") == 0))
   1352   1.1  christos 	      {
   1353   1.1  christos                 /* Access to an item whose address is stored in the linkage
   1354   1.1  christos                    section.  Just read the address.  */
   1355   1.1  christos 		set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1356   1.1  christos 
   1357   1.1  christos 		newtok[1] = *exp;
   1358   1.1  christos 		newtok[1].X_op = O_subtract;
   1359   1.1  christos 		newtok[1].X_op_symbol = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
   1360   1.1  christos 
   1361   1.1  christos 		set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   1362   1.1  christos 		assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1363   1.1  christos 		alpha_linkage_symbol = exp->X_add_symbol;
   1364   1.1  christos 
   1365   1.1  christos 		if (poffset)
   1366   1.1  christos 		  set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
   1367   1.1  christos 
   1368   1.1  christos 		if (alpha_flag_replace && targreg == 26)
   1369   1.1  christos 		  {
   1370   1.1  christos                     /* Add a NOP fixup for 'ldX $26,YYY..NAME..lk'.  */
   1371   1.5  christos 		    char *ensymname;
   1372   1.1  christos 		    symbolS *ensym;
   1373   1.1  christos 
   1374   1.1  christos                     /* Build the entry name as 'NAME..en'.  */
   1375   1.1  christos 		    ptr1 = strstr (symname, "..") + 2;
   1376   1.1  christos 		    if (ptr1 > ptr2)
   1377   1.1  christos 		      ptr1 = symname;
   1378   1.5  christos 		    ensymname = XNEWVEC (char, ptr2 - ptr1 + 5);
   1379   1.1  christos 		    memcpy (ensymname, ptr1, ptr2 - ptr1);
   1380   1.1  christos 		    memcpy (ensymname + (ptr2 - ptr1), "..en", 5);
   1381   1.1  christos 
   1382   1.1  christos 		    gas_assert (insn.nfixups + 1 <= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   1383   1.1  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP;
   1384   1.1  christos 		    ensym = symbol_find_or_make (ensymname);
   1385   1.1  christos 		    free (ensymname);
   1386   1.1  christos 		    symbol_mark_used (ensym);
   1387   1.1  christos 		    /* The fixup must be the same as the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH
   1388   1.1  christos 		       case in emit_jsrjmp.  See B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS Linker
   1389   1.1  christos 		       Utility Manual.  */
   1390   1.1  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_symbol;
   1391   1.1  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_symbol = ensym;
   1392   1.1  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_number = 0;
   1393   1.1  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol;
   1394   1.1  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
   1395   1.1  christos 		    insn.nfixups++;
   1396   1.1  christos 
   1397   1.1  christos 		    /* ??? Force bsym to be instantiated now, as it will be
   1398   1.1  christos 		       too late to do so in tc_gen_reloc.  */
   1399   1.1  christos 		    symbol_get_bfdsym (exp->X_add_symbol);
   1400   1.1  christos 		  }
   1401   1.1  christos 		else if (alpha_flag_replace && targreg == 27)
   1402   1.1  christos 		  {
   1403   1.1  christos                     /* Add a lda fixup for 'ldX $27,YYY.NAME..lk+8'.  */
   1404   1.5  christos 		    char *psymname;
   1405   1.1  christos 		    symbolS *psym;
   1406   1.1  christos 
   1407   1.1  christos                     /* Extract NAME.  */
   1408   1.1  christos 		    ptr1 = strstr (symname, "..") + 2;
   1409   1.5  christos 		    if (ptr1 > ptr2)
   1410   1.1  christos 		      ptr1 = symname;
   1411   1.1  christos 		    psymname = xmemdup0 (ptr1, ptr2 - ptr1);
   1412   1.1  christos 
   1413   1.1  christos 		    gas_assert (insn.nfixups + 1 <= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   1414   1.1  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA;
   1415   1.1  christos 		    psym = symbol_find_or_make (psymname);
   1416   1.1  christos 		    free (psymname);
   1417   1.1  christos 		    symbol_mark_used (psym);
   1418   1.1  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_subtract;
   1419   1.1  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_symbol = psym;
   1420   1.1  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op_symbol = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
   1421   1.1  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_number = 0;
   1422   1.1  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol;
   1423   1.1  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
   1424   1.1  christos 		    insn.nfixups++;
   1425   1.1  christos 		  }
   1426   1.1  christos 
   1427   1.1  christos 		emit_insn (&insn);
   1428   1.1  christos 		return 0;
   1429   1.1  christos 	      }
   1430   1.1  christos 	    else
   1431   1.1  christos 	      {
   1432   1.1  christos                 /* Not in the linkage section.  Put the value into the linkage
   1433   1.1  christos                    section.  */
   1434   1.1  christos 		symbolS *linkexp;
   1435   1.1  christos 
   1436   1.1  christos 		if (!range_signed_32 (addend))
   1437   1.1  christos 		  addend = sign_extend_32 (addend);
   1438   1.1  christos 		linkexp = add_to_link_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, 0);
   1439   1.1  christos 		set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1440   1.1  christos 		set_tok_sym (newtok[1], linkexp, 0);
   1441   1.1  christos 		set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   1442   1.1  christos 		assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1443   1.1  christos 	      }
   1444   1.1  christos 	  }
   1445   1.1  christos #endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
   1446   1.1  christos 
   1447   1.1  christos 	emit_insn (&insn);
   1448   1.1  christos 
   1449   1.1  christos #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
   1450   1.1  christos 	if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && basereg != AXP_REG_ZERO)
   1451   1.1  christos 	  {
   1452   1.1  christos 	    /* Emit "addq r, base, r".  */
   1453   1.1  christos 
   1454   1.1  christos 	    set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
   1455   1.1  christos 	    set_tok_reg (newtok[2], targreg);
   1456   1.1  christos 	    assemble_tokens ("addq", newtok, 3, 0);
   1457   1.1  christos 	  }
   1458   1.1  christos #endif
   1459   1.1  christos 	basereg = targreg;
   1460   1.1  christos       }
   1461   1.1  christos       break;
   1462   1.1  christos 
   1463   1.1  christos     case O_constant:
   1464   1.1  christos       break;
   1465   1.1  christos 
   1466   1.1  christos     case O_subtract:
   1467   1.1  christos       /* Assume that this difference expression will be resolved to an
   1468   1.1  christos 	 absolute value and that that value will fit in 16 bits.  */
   1469   1.1  christos 
   1470   1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1471   1.1  christos       newtok[1] = *exp;
   1472   1.1  christos       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   1473   1.1  christos       assemble_tokens (opname, newtok, 3, 0);
   1474   1.1  christos 
   1475   1.1  christos       if (poffset)
   1476   1.1  christos 	set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
   1477   1.1  christos       return 0;
   1478   1.1  christos 
   1479   1.1  christos     case O_big:
   1480   1.1  christos       if (exp->X_add_number > 0)
   1481   1.1  christos 	as_bad (_("bignum invalid; zero assumed"));
   1482   1.1  christos       else
   1483   1.1  christos 	as_bad (_("floating point number invalid; zero assumed"));
   1484   1.1  christos       addend = 0;
   1485   1.1  christos       break;
   1486   1.1  christos 
   1487   1.1  christos     default:
   1488   1.1  christos       as_bad (_("can't handle expression"));
   1489   1.1  christos       addend = 0;
   1490   1.1  christos       break;
   1491   1.1  christos     }
   1492   1.1  christos 
   1493   1.1  christos   if (!range_signed_32 (addend))
   1494   1.1  christos     {
   1495   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   1496   1.1  christos       symbolS *litexp;
   1497   1.1  christos #else
   1498   1.1  christos       offsetT lit;
   1499   1.1  christos       long seq_num = next_sequence_num--;
   1500   1.1  christos #endif
   1501   1.1  christos 
   1502   1.1  christos       /* For 64-bit addends, just put it in the literal pool.  */
   1503   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   1504   1.1  christos       /* Emit "ldq targreg, lit(basereg)".  */
   1505   1.1  christos       litexp = add_to_link_pool (section_symbol (absolute_section), addend);
   1506   1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1507   1.1  christos       set_tok_sym (newtok[1], litexp, 0);
   1508   1.1  christos       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
   1509   1.1  christos       assemble_tokens ("ldq", newtok, 3, 0);
   1510   1.1  christos #else
   1511   1.1  christos 
   1512   1.1  christos       if (alpha_lit8_section == NULL)
   1513   1.1  christos 	{
   1514   1.1  christos 	  create_literal_section (".lit8",
   1515   1.1  christos 				  &alpha_lit8_section,
   1516   1.1  christos 				  &alpha_lit8_symbol);
   1517   1.1  christos 
   1518   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   1519   1.1  christos 	  alpha_lit8_literal = add_to_literal_pool (alpha_lit8_symbol, 0x8000,
   1520   1.1  christos 						    alpha_lita_section, 8);
   1521   1.1  christos 	  if (alpha_lit8_literal >= 0x8000)
   1522   1.1  christos 	    as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lita) table"));
   1523   1.1  christos #endif
   1524   1.1  christos 	}
   1525   1.1  christos 
   1526   1.1  christos       lit = add_to_literal_pool (NULL, addend, alpha_lit8_section, 8) - 0x8000;
   1527   1.1  christos       if (lit >= 0x8000)
   1528   1.1  christos 	as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lit8) table"));
   1529   1.1  christos 
   1530   1.1  christos       /* Emit "lda litreg, .lit8+0x8000".  */
   1531   1.1  christos 
   1532   1.1  christos       if (targreg == basereg)
   1533   1.1  christos 	{
   1534   1.1  christos 	  if (alpha_noat_on)
   1535   1.1  christos 	    as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   1536   1.1  christos 	  if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
   1537   1.1  christos 	    as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use"));
   1538   1.1  christos 
   1539   1.1  christos 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   1540   1.1  christos 	}
   1541   1.1  christos       else
   1542   1.1  christos 	set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1543   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   1544   1.1  christos       set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lita_symbol, alpha_lit8_literal);
   1545   1.1  christos #endif
   1546   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   1547   1.1  christos       set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lit8_symbol, 0x8000);
   1548   1.1  christos #endif
   1549   1.1  christos       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
   1550   1.1  christos 
   1551   1.1  christos       assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1552   1.1  christos 
   1553   1.1  christos       gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
   1554   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   1555   1.1  christos       insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL;
   1556   1.1  christos #endif
   1557   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   1558   1.1  christos       insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL;
   1559   1.1  christos #endif
   1560   1.1  christos       insn.sequence = seq_num;
   1561   1.1  christos 
   1562   1.1  christos       emit_insn (&insn);
   1563   1.1  christos 
   1564   1.1  christos       /* Emit "ldq litreg, lit(litreg)".  */
   1565   1.1  christos 
   1566   1.1  christos       set_tok_const (newtok[1], lit);
   1567   1.1  christos       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], newtok[0].X_add_number);
   1568   1.1  christos 
   1569   1.1  christos       assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1570   1.1  christos 
   1571   1.1  christos       gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   1572   1.1  christos       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
   1573   1.1  christos       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   1574   1.1  christos       insn.nfixups++;
   1575   1.1  christos       insn.sequence = seq_num;
   1576   1.1  christos       emit_lituse = 0;
   1577   1.1  christos 
   1578   1.1  christos       emit_insn (&insn);
   1579   1.1  christos 
   1580   1.1  christos       /* Emit "addq litreg, base, target".  */
   1581   1.1  christos 
   1582   1.1  christos       if (basereg != AXP_REG_ZERO)
   1583   1.1  christos 	{
   1584   1.1  christos 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
   1585   1.1  christos 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[2], targreg);
   1586   1.1  christos 	  assemble_tokens ("addq", newtok, 3, 0);
   1587   1.1  christos 	}
   1588   1.1  christos #endif /* !OBJ_EVAX */
   1589   1.1  christos 
   1590   1.1  christos       if (poffset)
   1591   1.1  christos 	set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
   1592   1.1  christos       *pbasereg = targreg;
   1593   1.1  christos     }
   1594   1.1  christos   else
   1595   1.1  christos     {
   1596   1.1  christos       offsetT low, high, extra, tmp;
   1597   1.1  christos 
   1598   1.1  christos       /* For 32-bit operands, break up the addend.  */
   1599   1.1  christos 
   1600   1.1  christos       low = sign_extend_16 (addend);
   1601   1.1  christos       tmp = addend - low;
   1602   1.1  christos       high = sign_extend_16 (tmp >> 16);
   1603   1.1  christos 
   1604   1.1  christos       if (tmp - (high << 16))
   1605   1.1  christos 	{
   1606   1.1  christos 	  extra = 0x4000;
   1607   1.1  christos 	  tmp -= 0x40000000;
   1608   1.1  christos 	  high = sign_extend_16 (tmp >> 16);
   1609   1.1  christos 	}
   1610   1.1  christos       else
   1611   1.1  christos 	extra = 0;
   1612   1.1  christos 
   1613   1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1614   1.1  christos       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   1615   1.1  christos 
   1616   1.1  christos       if (extra)
   1617   1.1  christos 	{
   1618   1.1  christos 	  /* Emit "ldah r, extra(r).  */
   1619   1.1  christos 	  set_tok_const (newtok[1], extra);
   1620   1.1  christos 	  assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
   1621   1.1  christos 	  set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg = targreg);
   1622   1.1  christos 	}
   1623   1.1  christos 
   1624   1.1  christos       if (high)
   1625   1.1  christos 	{
   1626   1.1  christos 	  /* Emit "ldah r, high(r).  */
   1627   1.1  christos 	  set_tok_const (newtok[1], high);
   1628   1.1  christos 	  assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
   1629   1.1  christos 	  basereg = targreg;
   1630   1.1  christos 	  set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   1631   1.1  christos 	}
   1632   1.1  christos 
   1633   1.1  christos       if ((low && !poffset) || (!poffset && basereg != targreg))
   1634   1.1  christos 	{
   1635   1.1  christos 	  /* Emit "lda r, low(base)".  */
   1636   1.1  christos 	  set_tok_const (newtok[1], low);
   1637   1.1  christos 	  assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, 3, 0);
   1638   1.1  christos 	  basereg = targreg;
   1639   1.1  christos 	  low = 0;
   1640   1.1  christos 	}
   1641   1.1  christos 
   1642   1.1  christos       if (poffset)
   1643   1.1  christos 	set_tok_const (*poffset, low);
   1644   1.1  christos       *pbasereg = basereg;
   1645   1.1  christos     }
   1646   1.1  christos 
   1647   1.1  christos   return emit_lituse;
   1648   1.1  christos }
   1649   1.1  christos 
   1650  1.10  christos /* The lda macro differs from the lda instruction in that it handles
   1651   1.1  christos    most simple expressions, particularly symbol address loads and
   1652   1.1  christos    large constants.  */
   1653   1.1  christos 
   1654   1.1  christos static void
   1655   1.1  christos emit_lda (const expressionS *tok,
   1656   1.1  christos 	  int ntok,
   1657   1.1  christos 	  alpha_macro_arg unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   1658   1.1  christos {
   1659   1.1  christos   int basereg;
   1660   1.1  christos 
   1661   1.1  christos   if (ntok == 2)
   1662   1.1  christos     basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
   1663   1.1  christos   else
   1664   1.1  christos     basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
   1665   1.1  christos 
   1666   1.1  christos   (void) load_expression (tok[0].X_add_number, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda");
   1667   1.1  christos }
   1668  1.10  christos 
   1669   1.1  christos /* The ldah macro differs from the ldah instruction in that it has $31
   1670   1.1  christos    as an implied base register.  */
   1671   1.1  christos 
   1672   1.1  christos static void
   1673   1.1  christos emit_ldah (const expressionS *tok,
   1674   1.1  christos 	   int ntok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   1675   1.1  christos 	   alpha_macro_arg unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   1676   1.1  christos {
   1677   1.1  christos   expressionS newtok[3];
   1678   1.1  christos 
   1679   1.1  christos   newtok[0] = tok[0];
   1680   1.1  christos   newtok[1] = tok[1];
   1681   1.1  christos   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_ZERO);
   1682   1.1  christos 
   1683   1.1  christos   assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
   1684   1.1  christos }
   1685   1.1  christos 
   1686   1.1  christos /* Called internally to handle all alignment needs.  This takes care
   1687   1.1  christos    of eliding calls to frag_align if'n the cached current alignment
   1688   1.1  christos    says we've already got it, as well as taking care of the auto-align
   1689   1.1  christos    feature wrt labels.  */
   1690   1.1  christos 
   1691   1.1  christos static void
   1692   1.1  christos alpha_align (int n,
   1693   1.1  christos 	     char *pfill,
   1694   1.1  christos 	     symbolS *label,
   1695   1.1  christos 	     int force ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   1696   1.1  christos {
   1697   1.1  christos   if (alpha_current_align >= n)
   1698   1.1  christos     return;
   1699   1.1  christos 
   1700   1.1  christos   if (pfill == NULL)
   1701   1.1  christos     {
   1702   1.1  christos       if (subseg_text_p (now_seg))
   1703   1.1  christos 	frag_align_code (n, 0);
   1704   1.1  christos       else
   1705   1.1  christos 	frag_align (n, 0, 0);
   1706   1.1  christos     }
   1707   1.1  christos   else
   1708  1.10  christos     frag_align (n, *pfill, 0);
   1709   1.1  christos 
   1710   1.1  christos   alpha_current_align = n;
   1711   1.1  christos 
   1712   1.1  christos   if (label != NULL && S_GET_SEGMENT (label) == now_seg)
   1713   1.1  christos     {
   1714   1.1  christos       symbol_set_frag (label, frag_now);
   1715   1.1  christos       S_SET_VALUE (label, frag_now_fix ());
   1716   1.1  christos     }
   1717   1.1  christos 
   1718   1.1  christos   record_alignment (now_seg, n);
   1719   1.1  christos 
   1720   1.1  christos   /* ??? If alpha_flag_relax && force && elf, record the requested alignment
   1721   1.1  christos      in a reloc for the linker to see.  */
   1722   1.1  christos }
   1723   1.1  christos 
   1724   1.1  christos /* Actually output an instruction with its fixup.  */
   1725   1.1  christos 
   1726   1.1  christos static void
   1727  1.10  christos emit_insn (struct alpha_insn *insn)
   1728   1.1  christos {
   1729   1.1  christos   char *f;
   1730   1.1  christos   int i;
   1731   1.1  christos 
   1732   1.1  christos   /* Take care of alignment duties.  */
   1733   1.1  christos   if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < 2)
   1734   1.1  christos     alpha_align (2, NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
   1735   1.1  christos   if (alpha_current_align > 2)
   1736   1.1  christos     alpha_current_align = 2;
   1737   1.1  christos   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   1738   1.1  christos 
   1739   1.1  christos   /* Write out the instruction.  */
   1740   1.1  christos   f = frag_more (4);
   1741   1.1  christos   md_number_to_chars (f, insn->insn, 4);
   1742   1.1  christos 
   1743  1.10  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   1744   1.1  christos   dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
   1745   1.1  christos #endif
   1746   1.1  christos 
   1747   1.1  christos   /* Apply the fixups in order.  */
   1748   1.1  christos   for (i = 0; i < insn->nfixups; ++i)
   1749   1.1  christos     {
   1750   1.1  christos       const struct alpha_operand *operand = NULL;
   1751   1.1  christos       struct alpha_fixup *fixup = &insn->fixups[i];
   1752   1.1  christos       struct alpha_reloc_tag *info = NULL;
   1753   1.1  christos       int size, pcrel;
   1754   1.1  christos       fixS *fixP;
   1755   1.1  christos 
   1756   1.1  christos       /* Some fixups are only used internally and so have no howto.  */
   1757   1.1  christos       if ((int) fixup->reloc < 0)
   1758   1.1  christos 	{
   1759   1.1  christos 	  operand = &alpha_operands[-(int) fixup->reloc];
   1760   1.1  christos 	  size = 4;
   1761   1.1  christos 	  pcrel = ((operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_RELATIVE) != 0);
   1762   1.1  christos 	}
   1763   1.1  christos       else if (fixup->reloc > BFD_RELOC_UNUSED
   1764   1.1  christos 	       || fixup->reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16
   1765   1.1  christos 	       || fixup->reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16)
   1766  1.10  christos 	{
   1767   1.1  christos 	  size = 2;
   1768   1.1  christos 	  pcrel = 0;
   1769   1.1  christos 	}
   1770   1.1  christos       else
   1771   1.1  christos 	{
   1772   1.1  christos 	  reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto =
   1773   1.1  christos 	    bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, fixup->reloc);
   1774   1.1  christos 	  gas_assert (reloc_howto);
   1775   1.1  christos 
   1776   1.1  christos 	  size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc_howto);
   1777   1.1  christos 
   1778   1.1  christos 	  switch (fixup->reloc)
   1779   1.1  christos 	    {
   1780   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   1781   1.1  christos 	    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
   1782   1.1  christos 	    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
   1783   1.3  christos 	    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
   1784   1.1  christos 	    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
   1785   1.1  christos 	      break;
   1786   1.1  christos #endif
   1787   1.1  christos 	    default:
   1788  1.10  christos 	      gas_assert (size >= 1 && size <= 4);
   1789   1.1  christos 	    }
   1790   1.1  christos 
   1791   1.1  christos 	  pcrel = reloc_howto->pc_relative;
   1792   1.1  christos 	}
   1793   1.1  christos 
   1794   1.1  christos       fixP = fix_new_exp (frag_now, f - frag_now->fr_literal, size,
   1795   1.1  christos 			  &fixup->exp, pcrel, fixup->reloc);
   1796   1.1  christos 
   1797   1.1  christos       /* Turn off complaints that the addend is too large for some fixups,
   1798   1.1  christos          and copy in the sequence number for the explicit relocations.  */
   1799   1.1  christos       switch (fixup->reloc)
   1800   1.1  christos 	{
   1801   1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
   1802   1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
   1803   1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
   1804   1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
   1805   1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
   1806   1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
   1807   1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
   1808   1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
   1809   1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
   1810   1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
   1811   1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
   1812   1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
   1813   1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
   1814   1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1815   1.1  christos 	  break;
   1816   1.1  christos 
   1817   1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
   1818   1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1819   1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (now_seg);
   1820   1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_offset = 0;
   1821   1.1  christos 
   1822   1.1  christos 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
   1823   1.1  christos 	  if (++info->n_master > 1)
   1824   1.1  christos 	    as_bad (_("too many ldah insns for !gpdisp!%ld"), insn->sequence);
   1825   1.1  christos 	  if (info->segment != now_seg)
   1826   1.1  christos 	    as_bad (_("both insns for !gpdisp!%ld must be in the same section"),
   1827   1.1  christos 		    insn->sequence);
   1828   1.1  christos 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1829   1.1  christos 	  break;
   1830   1.1  christos 
   1831   1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
   1832   1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1833   1.1  christos 
   1834   1.1  christos 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
   1835   1.1  christos 	  if (++info->n_slaves > 1)
   1836   1.1  christos 	    as_bad (_("too many lda insns for !gpdisp!%ld"), insn->sequence);
   1837   1.1  christos 	  if (info->segment != now_seg)
   1838   1.1  christos 	    as_bad (_("both insns for !gpdisp!%ld must be in the same section"),
   1839   1.1  christos 		    insn->sequence);
   1840   1.1  christos 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1841   1.1  christos 	  info->slaves = fixP;
   1842   1.1  christos 	  break;
   1843   1.1  christos 
   1844   1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
   1845   1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
   1846   1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1847   1.1  christos 
   1848   1.1  christos 	  if (insn->sequence == 0)
   1849   1.1  christos 	    break;
   1850   1.1  christos 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
   1851   1.1  christos 	  info->master = fixP;
   1852   1.1  christos 	  info->n_master++;
   1853   1.1  christos 	  if (info->segment != now_seg)
   1854   1.1  christos 	    info->multi_section_p = 1;
   1855   1.1  christos 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1856   1.1  christos 	  break;
   1857   1.1  christos 
   1858   1.1  christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
   1859   1.1  christos 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR:
   1860   1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_ADDR;
   1861   1.1  christos 	  goto do_lituse;
   1862   1.1  christos 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE:
   1863   1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_BASE;
   1864   1.1  christos 	  goto do_lituse;
   1865   1.1  christos 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF:
   1866   1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_BYTOFF;
   1867   1.1  christos 	  goto do_lituse;
   1868   1.1  christos 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR:
   1869   1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_JSR;
   1870   1.1  christos 	  goto do_lituse;
   1871   1.1  christos 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD:
   1872   1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSGD;
   1873   1.1  christos 	  goto do_lituse;
   1874   1.1  christos 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM:
   1875   1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSLDM;
   1876   1.1  christos 	  goto do_lituse;
   1877   1.1  christos 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT:
   1878   1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_JSRDIRECT;
   1879   1.1  christos 	  goto do_lituse;
   1880   1.1  christos 	do_lituse:
   1881   1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (now_seg);
   1882   1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE;
   1883   1.1  christos 
   1884   1.1  christos 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
   1885   1.1  christos 	  if (fixup->reloc == DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD)
   1886   1.1  christos 	    info->saw_lu_tlsgd = 1;
   1887   1.1  christos 	  else if (fixup->reloc == DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM)
   1888   1.1  christos 	    info->saw_lu_tlsldm = 1;
   1889   1.1  christos 	  if (++info->n_slaves > 1)
   1890   1.1  christos 	    {
   1891   1.1  christos 	      if (info->saw_lu_tlsgd)
   1892   1.1  christos 		as_bad (_("too many lituse insns for !lituse_tlsgd!%ld"),
   1893   1.1  christos 		        insn->sequence);
   1894   1.1  christos 	      else if (info->saw_lu_tlsldm)
   1895   1.1  christos 		as_bad (_("too many lituse insns for !lituse_tlsldm!%ld"),
   1896   1.1  christos 		        insn->sequence);
   1897   1.1  christos 	    }
   1898   1.1  christos 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1899   1.1  christos 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.next_reloc = info->slaves;
   1900   1.1  christos 	  info->slaves = fixP;
   1901   1.1  christos 	  if (info->segment != now_seg)
   1902   1.1  christos 	    info->multi_section_p = 1;
   1903   1.1  christos 	  break;
   1904   1.1  christos 
   1905   1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
   1906   1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1907   1.1  christos 
   1908   1.1  christos 	  if (insn->sequence == 0)
   1909   1.1  christos 	    break;
   1910   1.1  christos 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
   1911   1.1  christos 	  if (info->saw_tlsgd)
   1912   1.1  christos 	    as_bad (_("duplicate !tlsgd!%ld"), insn->sequence);
   1913   1.1  christos 	  else if (info->saw_tlsldm)
   1914   1.1  christos 	    as_bad (_("sequence number in use for !tlsldm!%ld"),
   1915   1.1  christos 		    insn->sequence);
   1916   1.1  christos 	  else
   1917   1.1  christos 	    info->saw_tlsgd = 1;
   1918   1.1  christos 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1919   1.1  christos 	  break;
   1920   1.1  christos 
   1921   1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
   1922   1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1923   1.1  christos 
   1924   1.1  christos 	  if (insn->sequence == 0)
   1925   1.1  christos 	    break;
   1926   1.1  christos 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
   1927   1.1  christos 	  if (info->saw_tlsldm)
   1928   1.1  christos 	    as_bad (_("duplicate !tlsldm!%ld"), insn->sequence);
   1929   1.1  christos 	  else if (info->saw_tlsgd)
   1930   1.1  christos 	    as_bad (_("sequence number in use for !tlsgd!%ld"),
   1931   1.1  christos 		    insn->sequence);
   1932   1.1  christos 	  else
   1933   1.1  christos 	    info->saw_tlsldm = 1;
   1934   1.1  christos 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1935   1.1  christos 	  break;
   1936   1.1  christos #endif
   1937   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   1938   1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
   1939   1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
   1940   1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
   1941   1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
   1942   1.1  christos 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (next_sequence_num--);
   1943   1.1  christos 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1944   1.1  christos 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info->sym = fixup->xtrasym;
   1945   1.1  christos 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info->psym = fixup->procsym;
   1946   1.1  christos 	  break;
   1947   1.1  christos #endif
   1948   1.1  christos 
   1949   1.1  christos 	default:
   1950   1.1  christos 	  if ((int) fixup->reloc < 0)
   1951   1.1  christos 	    {
   1952   1.1  christos 	      if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_NOOVERFLOW)
   1953   1.1  christos 		fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1954   1.1  christos 	    }
   1955   1.1  christos 	  break;
   1956   1.1  christos 	}
   1957   1.1  christos     }
   1958   1.1  christos }
   1959   1.5  christos 
   1960   1.1  christos /* Insert an operand value into an instruction.  */
   1961   1.1  christos 
   1962   1.8  christos static unsigned
   1963   1.1  christos insert_operand (unsigned insn,
   1964   1.1  christos 		const struct alpha_operand *operand,
   1965   1.1  christos 		offsetT val,
   1966   1.1  christos 		const char *file,
   1967   1.1  christos 		unsigned line)
   1968   1.1  christos {
   1969   1.1  christos   if (!(operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_NOOVERFLOW))
   1970   1.1  christos     {
   1971   1.1  christos       offsetT min, max;
   1972   1.1  christos 
   1973   1.1  christos       if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_SIGNED)
   1974   1.1  christos 	{
   1975   1.1  christos 	  max = (1 << (operand->bits - 1)) - 1;
   1976   1.1  christos 	  min = -(1 << (operand->bits - 1));
   1977   1.1  christos 	}
   1978   1.1  christos       else
   1979   1.1  christos 	{
   1980   1.1  christos 	  max = (1 << operand->bits) - 1;
   1981   1.1  christos 	  min = 0;
   1982   1.1  christos 	}
   1983   1.1  christos 
   1984   1.1  christos       if (val < min || val > max)
   1985   1.1  christos 	as_bad_value_out_of_range (_("operand"), val, min, max, file, line);
   1986   1.1  christos     }
   1987   1.1  christos 
   1988   1.1  christos   if (operand->insert)
   1989   1.1  christos     {
   1990   1.1  christos       const char *errmsg = NULL;
   1991   1.1  christos 
   1992   1.1  christos       insn = (*operand->insert) (insn, val, &errmsg);
   1993   1.1  christos       if (errmsg)
   1994   1.1  christos 	as_warn ("%s", errmsg);
   1995   1.1  christos     }
   1996   1.1  christos   else
   1997   1.1  christos     insn |= ((val & ((1 << operand->bits) - 1)) << operand->shift);
   1998   1.1  christos 
   1999   1.1  christos   return insn;
   2000   1.1  christos }
   2001   1.1  christos 
   2002   1.1  christos /* Turn an opcode description and a set of arguments into
   2003   1.1  christos    an instruction and a fixup.  */
   2004   1.1  christos 
   2005   1.1  christos static void
   2006   1.1  christos assemble_insn (const struct alpha_opcode *opcode,
   2007   1.1  christos 	       const expressionS *tok,
   2008   1.1  christos 	       int ntok,
   2009   1.1  christos 	       struct alpha_insn *insn,
   2010   1.1  christos 	       extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc)
   2011   1.1  christos {
   2012   1.1  christos   const struct alpha_operand *reloc_operand = NULL;
   2013   1.1  christos   const expressionS *reloc_exp = NULL;
   2014   1.1  christos   const unsigned char *argidx;
   2015   1.1  christos   unsigned image;
   2016   1.1  christos   int tokidx = 0;
   2017  1.10  christos 
   2018   1.1  christos   memset (insn, 0, sizeof (*insn));
   2019   1.1  christos   image = opcode->opcode;
   2020   1.1  christos 
   2021   1.1  christos   for (argidx = opcode->operands; *argidx; ++argidx)
   2022   1.1  christos     {
   2023   1.1  christos       const struct alpha_operand *operand = &alpha_operands[*argidx];
   2024   1.1  christos       const expressionS *t = NULL;
   2025   1.1  christos 
   2026   1.1  christos       if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_FAKE)
   2027   1.1  christos 	{
   2028   1.1  christos 	  /* Fake operands take no value and generate no fixup.  */
   2029   1.1  christos 	  image = insert_operand (image, operand, 0, NULL, 0);
   2030   1.1  christos 	  continue;
   2031   1.1  christos 	}
   2032   1.1  christos 
   2033   1.1  christos       if (tokidx >= ntok)
   2034   1.1  christos 	{
   2035   1.1  christos 	  switch (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_OPTIONAL_MASK)
   2036   1.1  christos 	    {
   2037   1.1  christos 	    case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_FIRST:
   2038   1.1  christos 	      t = &tok[0];
   2039   1.1  christos 	      break;
   2040   1.1  christos 	    case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_SECOND:
   2041   1.1  christos 	      t = &tok[1];
   2042   1.1  christos 	      break;
   2043   1.1  christos 	    case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_ZERO:
   2044   1.1  christos 	      {
   2045   1.1  christos 		static expressionS zero_exp;
   2046   1.1  christos 		t = &zero_exp;
   2047   1.1  christos 		zero_exp.X_op = O_constant;
   2048   1.1  christos 		zero_exp.X_unsigned = 1;
   2049   1.1  christos 	      }
   2050   1.1  christos 	      break;
   2051   1.1  christos 	    default:
   2052   1.1  christos 	      abort ();
   2053   1.1  christos 	    }
   2054   1.1  christos 	}
   2055   1.1  christos       else
   2056   1.1  christos 	t = &tok[tokidx++];
   2057   1.1  christos 
   2058   1.1  christos       switch (t->X_op)
   2059   1.1  christos 	{
   2060   1.1  christos 	case O_register:
   2061   1.1  christos 	case O_pregister:
   2062   1.1  christos 	case O_cpregister:
   2063   1.1  christos 	  image = insert_operand (image, operand, regno (t->X_add_number),
   2064   1.1  christos 				  NULL, 0);
   2065   1.1  christos 	  break;
   2066   1.1  christos 
   2067   1.1  christos 	case O_constant:
   2068   1.1  christos 	  image = insert_operand (image, operand, t->X_add_number, NULL, 0);
   2069   1.1  christos 	  gas_assert (reloc_operand == NULL);
   2070   1.1  christos 	  reloc_operand = operand;
   2071   1.1  christos 	  reloc_exp = t;
   2072   1.1  christos 	  break;
   2073   1.1  christos 
   2074   1.1  christos 	default:
   2075   1.1  christos 	  /* This is only 0 for fields that should contain registers,
   2076   1.1  christos 	     which means this pattern shouldn't have matched.  */
   2077   1.1  christos 	  if (operand->default_reloc == 0)
   2078   1.1  christos 	    abort ();
   2079   1.1  christos 
   2080   1.1  christos 	  /* There is one special case for which an insn receives two
   2081   1.1  christos 	     relocations, and thus the user-supplied reloc does not
   2082   1.1  christos 	     override the operand reloc.  */
   2083   1.1  christos 	  if (operand->default_reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT)
   2084   1.1  christos 	    {
   2085   1.1  christos 	      struct alpha_fixup *fixup;
   2086   1.1  christos 
   2087   1.1  christos 	      if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS)
   2088   1.1  christos 		as_fatal (_("too many fixups"));
   2089   1.1  christos 
   2090   1.1  christos 	      fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++];
   2091   1.1  christos 	      fixup->exp = *t;
   2092   1.1  christos 	      fixup->reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT;
   2093   1.1  christos 	    }
   2094   1.1  christos 	  else
   2095   1.1  christos 	    {
   2096   1.1  christos 	      if (reloc == BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
   2097   1.1  christos 		reloc = operand->default_reloc;
   2098   1.1  christos 
   2099   1.1  christos 	      gas_assert (reloc_operand == NULL);
   2100   1.1  christos 	      reloc_operand = operand;
   2101   1.1  christos 	      reloc_exp = t;
   2102   1.1  christos 	    }
   2103   1.1  christos 	  break;
   2104   1.1  christos 	}
   2105   1.1  christos     }
   2106   1.1  christos 
   2107   1.1  christos   if (reloc != BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
   2108   1.1  christos     {
   2109   1.1  christos       struct alpha_fixup *fixup;
   2110   1.1  christos 
   2111   1.1  christos       if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS)
   2112   1.1  christos 	as_fatal (_("too many fixups"));
   2113   1.1  christos 
   2114   1.1  christos       /* ??? My but this is hacky.  But the OSF/1 assembler uses the same
   2115   1.1  christos 	 relocation tag for both ldah and lda with gpdisp.  Choose the
   2116   1.1  christos 	 correct internal relocation based on the opcode.  */
   2117   1.1  christos       if (reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP)
   2118   1.1  christos 	{
   2119   1.1  christos 	  if (strcmp (opcode->name, "ldah") == 0)
   2120   1.1  christos 	    reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16;
   2121   1.1  christos 	  else if (strcmp (opcode->name, "lda") == 0)
   2122   1.3  christos 	    reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16;
   2123   1.1  christos 	  else
   2124   1.1  christos 	    as_bad (_("invalid relocation for instruction"));
   2125   1.1  christos 	}
   2126  1.10  christos 
   2127   1.1  christos       /* If this is a real relocation (as opposed to a lituse hint), then
   2128   1.1  christos 	 the relocation width should match the operand width.
   2129   1.1  christos 	 Take care of -MDISP in operand table.  */
   2130   1.1  christos       else if (reloc < BFD_RELOC_UNUSED && reloc > 0)
   2131   1.1  christos 	{
   2132   1.1  christos 	  reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto
   2133   1.1  christos 	    = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, reloc);
   2134   1.1  christos 	  if (reloc_operand == NULL
   2135   1.1  christos 	      || reloc_howto->bitsize != reloc_operand->bits)
   2136   1.1  christos 	    {
   2137   1.1  christos 	      as_bad (_("invalid relocation for field"));
   2138   1.1  christos 	      return;
   2139   1.1  christos 	    }
   2140   1.1  christos 	}
   2141   1.1  christos 
   2142   1.1  christos       fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++];
   2143   1.1  christos       if (reloc_exp)
   2144   1.1  christos 	fixup->exp = *reloc_exp;
   2145   1.1  christos       else
   2146   1.1  christos 	fixup->exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2147   1.1  christos       fixup->reloc = reloc;
   2148   1.1  christos     }
   2149   1.1  christos 
   2150   1.1  christos   insn->insn = image;
   2151   1.1  christos }
   2152   1.1  christos 
   2153  1.10  christos /* Handle all "simple" integer register loads -- ldq, ldq_l, ldq_u,
   2154   1.1  christos    etc.  They differ from the real instructions in that they do simple
   2155   1.1  christos    expressions like the lda macro.  */
   2156   1.1  christos 
   2157   1.1  christos static void
   2158   1.1  christos emit_ir_load (const expressionS *tok,
   2159   1.1  christos 	      int ntok,
   2160   1.1  christos 	      alpha_macro_arg opname)
   2161   1.1  christos {
   2162   1.1  christos   int basereg;
   2163   1.1  christos   long lituse;
   2164   1.1  christos   expressionS newtok[3];
   2165   1.1  christos   struct alpha_insn insn;
   2166   1.1  christos   const char *symname
   2167   1.1  christos     = tok[1].X_add_symbol ? S_GET_NAME (tok[1].X_add_symbol): "";
   2168   1.1  christos   int symlen = strlen (symname);
   2169  1.10  christos 
   2170   1.1  christos   if (ntok == 2)
   2171   1.1  christos     basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
   2172   1.1  christos   else
   2173   1.1  christos     basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
   2174   1.3  christos 
   2175   1.1  christos   lituse = load_expression (tok[0].X_add_number, &tok[1],
   2176   1.1  christos 			    &basereg, &newtok[1], opname.p);
   2177   1.1  christos 
   2178  1.10  christos   if (basereg == alpha_gp_register &&
   2179   1.1  christos       (symlen > 4 && strcmp (&symname [symlen - 4], "..lk") == 0))
   2180   1.1  christos     return;
   2181   1.1  christos 
   2182   1.1  christos   newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2183   1.1  christos   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   2184   1.1  christos 
   2185   1.1  christos   assemble_tokens_to_insn (opname.p, newtok, 3, &insn);
   2186   1.1  christos 
   2187   1.1  christos   if (lituse)
   2188   1.1  christos     {
   2189   1.1  christos       gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2190   1.1  christos       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
   2191   1.1  christos       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2192   1.1  christos       insn.nfixups++;
   2193   1.1  christos       insn.sequence = lituse;
   2194   1.1  christos     }
   2195   1.1  christos 
   2196   1.1  christos   emit_insn (&insn);
   2197   1.1  christos }
   2198  1.10  christos 
   2199   1.1  christos /* Handle fp register loads, and both integer and fp register stores.
   2200   1.1  christos    Again, we handle simple expressions.  */
   2201   1.1  christos 
   2202   1.1  christos static void
   2203   1.1  christos emit_loadstore (const expressionS *tok,
   2204   1.1  christos 		int ntok,
   2205   1.1  christos 		alpha_macro_arg opname)
   2206   1.1  christos {
   2207   1.1  christos   int basereg;
   2208   1.1  christos   long lituse;
   2209   1.1  christos   expressionS newtok[3];
   2210   1.1  christos   struct alpha_insn insn;
   2211   1.1  christos 
   2212   1.1  christos   if (ntok == 2)
   2213   1.1  christos     basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
   2214   1.1  christos   else
   2215   1.3  christos     basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
   2216  1.10  christos 
   2217   1.1  christos   if (tok[1].X_op != O_constant || !range_signed_16 (tok[1].X_add_number))
   2218   1.1  christos     {
   2219   1.1  christos       if (alpha_noat_on)
   2220   1.1  christos 	as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   2221   1.1  christos 
   2222   1.1  christos       lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1],
   2223   1.1  christos 				&basereg, &newtok[1], opname.p);
   2224   1.1  christos     }
   2225   1.1  christos   else
   2226   1.1  christos     {
   2227  1.10  christos       newtok[1] = tok[1];
   2228   1.1  christos       lituse = 0;
   2229   1.1  christos     }
   2230   1.1  christos 
   2231   1.1  christos   newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2232   1.1  christos   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   2233   1.1  christos 
   2234   1.1  christos   assemble_tokens_to_insn (opname.p, newtok, 3, &insn);
   2235   1.1  christos 
   2236   1.1  christos   if (lituse)
   2237   1.1  christos     {
   2238   1.1  christos       gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2239   1.1  christos       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
   2240   1.1  christos       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2241   1.1  christos       insn.nfixups++;
   2242   1.1  christos       insn.sequence = lituse;
   2243   1.1  christos     }
   2244   1.1  christos 
   2245   1.1  christos   emit_insn (&insn);
   2246  1.10  christos }
   2247   1.1  christos 
   2248   1.1  christos /* Load a half-word or byte as an unsigned value.  */
   2249  1.10  christos 
   2250   1.1  christos static void
   2251   1.1  christos emit_ldXu (const expressionS *tok,
   2252   1.1  christos 	   int ntok,
   2253   1.1  christos 	   alpha_macro_arg lgsize)
   2254   1.1  christos {
   2255   1.1  christos   if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
   2256   1.1  christos     emit_ir_load (tok, ntok, (alpha_macro_arg) { ldXu_op[lgsize.i] });
   2257   1.1  christos   else
   2258   1.1  christos     {
   2259   1.1  christos       expressionS newtok[3];
   2260   1.1  christos       struct alpha_insn insn;
   2261   1.1  christos       int basereg;
   2262   1.1  christos       long lituse;
   2263   1.1  christos 
   2264   1.1  christos       if (alpha_noat_on)
   2265   1.1  christos 	as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   2266   1.1  christos 
   2267   1.1  christos       if (ntok == 2)
   2268   1.1  christos 	basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant
   2269   1.1  christos 		   ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
   2270   1.1  christos       else
   2271   1.1  christos 	basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
   2272   1.1  christos 
   2273   1.1  christos       /* Emit "lda $at, exp".  */
   2274   1.1  christos       lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda");
   2275   1.1  christos 
   2276   1.1  christos       /* Emit "ldq_u targ, 0($at)".  */
   2277   1.1  christos       newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2278   1.1  christos       set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2279   1.1  christos       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   2280   1.1  christos       assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, &insn);
   2281   1.1  christos 
   2282   1.1  christos       if (lituse)
   2283   1.1  christos 	{
   2284   1.1  christos 	  gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2285   1.1  christos 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
   2286   1.1  christos 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2287   1.1  christos 	  insn.nfixups++;
   2288   1.1  christos 	  insn.sequence = lituse;
   2289  1.10  christos 	}
   2290   1.1  christos 
   2291   1.1  christos       emit_insn (&insn);
   2292   1.1  christos 
   2293   1.1  christos       /* Emit "extXl targ, $at, targ".  */
   2294   1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
   2295   1.1  christos       newtok[2] = newtok[0];
   2296   1.1  christos       assemble_tokens_to_insn (extXl_op[lgsize.i], newtok, 3, &insn);
   2297   1.1  christos 
   2298   1.1  christos       if (lituse)
   2299   1.1  christos 	{
   2300   1.1  christos 	  gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2301   1.1  christos 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF;
   2302   1.1  christos 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2303   1.1  christos 	  insn.nfixups++;
   2304   1.1  christos 	  insn.sequence = lituse;
   2305   1.1  christos 	}
   2306   1.1  christos 
   2307   1.1  christos       emit_insn (&insn);
   2308   1.1  christos     }
   2309  1.10  christos }
   2310   1.1  christos 
   2311  1.10  christos /* Load a half-word or byte as a signed value.  */
   2312  1.10  christos 
   2313   1.1  christos static void
   2314   1.1  christos emit_ldX (const expressionS *tok,
   2315   1.1  christos 	  int ntok,
   2316   1.1  christos 	  alpha_macro_arg lgsize)
   2317   1.1  christos {
   2318   1.1  christos   emit_ldXu (tok, ntok, lgsize);
   2319   1.1  christos   assemble_tokens (sextX_op[lgsize.i], tok, 1, 1);
   2320   1.1  christos }
   2321  1.10  christos 
   2322   1.1  christos /* Load an integral value from an unaligned address as an unsigned
   2323   1.1  christos    value.  */
   2324   1.1  christos 
   2325   1.1  christos static void
   2326   1.1  christos emit_uldXu (const expressionS *tok,
   2327   1.1  christos 	    int ntok,
   2328   1.1  christos 	    alpha_macro_arg lgsize)
   2329   1.1  christos {
   2330   1.1  christos   expressionS newtok[3];
   2331   1.1  christos 
   2332   1.1  christos   if (alpha_noat_on)
   2333   1.1  christos     as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   2334   1.1  christos 
   2335   1.1  christos   /* Emit "lda $at, exp".  */
   2336   1.1  christos   memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (expressionS) * ntok);
   2337   1.1  christos   newtok[0].X_add_number = AXP_REG_AT;
   2338   1.1  christos   assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
   2339   1.1  christos 
   2340   1.1  christos   /* Emit "ldq_u $t9, 0($at)".  */
   2341  1.10  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2342   1.1  christos   set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2343   1.1  christos   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
   2344   1.1  christos   assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
   2345   1.1  christos 
   2346   1.1  christos   /* Emit "ldq_u $t10, size-1($at)".  */
   2347   1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2348  1.10  christos   set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize.i) - 1);
   2349   1.1  christos   assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
   2350   1.1  christos 
   2351   1.1  christos   /* Emit "extXl $t9, $at, $t9".  */
   2352   1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2353  1.10  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
   2354   1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T9);
   2355   1.1  christos   assemble_tokens (extXl_op[lgsize.i], newtok, 3, 1);
   2356   1.1  christos 
   2357   1.1  christos   /* Emit "extXh $t10, $at, $t10".  */
   2358   1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2359   1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T10);
   2360   1.1  christos   assemble_tokens (extXh_op[lgsize.i], newtok, 3, 1);
   2361   1.1  christos 
   2362   1.1  christos   /* Emit "or $t9, $t10, targ".  */
   2363   1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2364   1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
   2365   1.1  christos   newtok[2] = tok[0];
   2366   1.1  christos   assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
   2367   1.1  christos }
   2368   1.1  christos 
   2369  1.10  christos /* Load an integral value from an unaligned address as a signed value.
   2370   1.1  christos    Note that quads should get funneled to the unsigned load since we
   2371  1.10  christos    don't have to do the sign extension.  */
   2372  1.10  christos 
   2373   1.1  christos static void
   2374   1.1  christos emit_uldX (const expressionS *tok,
   2375   1.1  christos 	   int ntok,
   2376   1.1  christos 	   alpha_macro_arg lgsize)
   2377   1.1  christos {
   2378   1.1  christos   emit_uldXu (tok, ntok, lgsize);
   2379   1.1  christos   assemble_tokens (sextX_op[lgsize.i], tok, 1, 1);
   2380  1.10  christos }
   2381   1.1  christos 
   2382   1.1  christos /* Implement the ldil macro.  */
   2383   1.1  christos 
   2384   1.1  christos static void
   2385   1.1  christos emit_ldil (const expressionS *tok,
   2386   1.1  christos 	   int ntok,
   2387   1.1  christos 	   alpha_macro_arg unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   2388   1.1  christos {
   2389   1.1  christos   expressionS newtok[2];
   2390   1.1  christos 
   2391   1.1  christos   memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (newtok));
   2392   1.1  christos   newtok[1].X_add_number = sign_extend_32 (tok[1].X_add_number);
   2393   1.1  christos 
   2394   1.1  christos   assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
   2395  1.10  christos }
   2396   1.1  christos 
   2397   1.1  christos /* Store a half-word or byte.  */
   2398  1.10  christos 
   2399   1.1  christos static void
   2400   1.1  christos emit_stX (const expressionS *tok,
   2401   1.1  christos 	  int ntok,
   2402   1.1  christos 	  alpha_macro_arg lgsize)
   2403   1.1  christos {
   2404   1.1  christos   if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
   2405   1.1  christos     emit_loadstore (tok, ntok, (alpha_macro_arg) { stX_op[lgsize.i] });
   2406   1.1  christos   else
   2407   1.1  christos     {
   2408   1.1  christos       expressionS newtok[3];
   2409   1.1  christos       struct alpha_insn insn;
   2410   1.1  christos       int basereg;
   2411   1.1  christos       long lituse;
   2412   1.1  christos 
   2413   1.1  christos       if (alpha_noat_on)
   2414   1.1  christos 	as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   2415   1.1  christos 
   2416   1.1  christos       if (ntok == 2)
   2417   1.1  christos 	basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant
   2418   1.1  christos 		   ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
   2419   1.1  christos       else
   2420   1.1  christos 	basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
   2421   1.1  christos 
   2422   1.1  christos       /* Emit "lda $at, exp".  */
   2423   1.1  christos       lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda");
   2424   1.1  christos 
   2425   1.1  christos       /* Emit "ldq_u $t9, 0($at)".  */
   2426   1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2427   1.1  christos       set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2428   1.1  christos       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   2429   1.1  christos       assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, &insn);
   2430   1.1  christos 
   2431   1.1  christos       if (lituse)
   2432   1.1  christos 	{
   2433   1.1  christos 	  gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2434   1.1  christos 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
   2435   1.1  christos 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2436   1.1  christos 	  insn.nfixups++;
   2437   1.1  christos 	  insn.sequence = lituse;
   2438   1.1  christos 	}
   2439  1.10  christos 
   2440   1.1  christos       emit_insn (&insn);
   2441   1.1  christos 
   2442   1.1  christos       /* Emit "insXl src, $at, $t10".  */
   2443   1.1  christos       newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2444   1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
   2445   1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T10);
   2446   1.1  christos       assemble_tokens_to_insn (insXl_op[lgsize.i], newtok, 3, &insn);
   2447   1.1  christos 
   2448   1.1  christos       if (lituse)
   2449   1.1  christos 	{
   2450   1.1  christos 	  gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2451   1.1  christos 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF;
   2452   1.1  christos 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2453   1.1  christos 	  insn.nfixups++;
   2454   1.1  christos 	  insn.sequence = lituse;
   2455  1.10  christos 	}
   2456   1.1  christos 
   2457   1.1  christos       emit_insn (&insn);
   2458   1.1  christos 
   2459   1.1  christos       /* Emit "mskXl $t9, $at, $t9".  */
   2460   1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2461   1.1  christos       newtok[2] = newtok[0];
   2462   1.1  christos       assemble_tokens_to_insn (mskXl_op[lgsize.i], newtok, 3, &insn);
   2463   1.1  christos 
   2464   1.1  christos       if (lituse)
   2465   1.1  christos 	{
   2466   1.1  christos 	  gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2467   1.1  christos 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF;
   2468   1.1  christos 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2469   1.1  christos 	  insn.nfixups++;
   2470   1.1  christos 	  insn.sequence = lituse;
   2471   1.1  christos 	}
   2472   1.1  christos 
   2473   1.1  christos       emit_insn (&insn);
   2474   1.1  christos 
   2475   1.1  christos       /* Emit "or $t9, $t10, $t9".  */
   2476   1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
   2477   1.1  christos       assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
   2478   1.1  christos 
   2479   1.1  christos       /* Emit "stq_u $t9, 0($at).  */
   2480   1.1  christos       set_tok_const(newtok[1], 0);
   2481   1.1  christos       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
   2482   1.1  christos       assemble_tokens_to_insn ("stq_u", newtok, 3, &insn);
   2483   1.1  christos 
   2484   1.1  christos       if (lituse)
   2485   1.1  christos 	{
   2486   1.1  christos 	  gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2487   1.1  christos 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
   2488   1.1  christos 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2489   1.1  christos 	  insn.nfixups++;
   2490   1.1  christos 	  insn.sequence = lituse;
   2491   1.1  christos 	}
   2492   1.1  christos 
   2493   1.1  christos       emit_insn (&insn);
   2494   1.1  christos     }
   2495  1.10  christos }
   2496   1.1  christos 
   2497   1.1  christos /* Store an integer to an unaligned address.  */
   2498   1.1  christos 
   2499   1.1  christos static void
   2500   1.1  christos emit_ustX (const expressionS *tok,
   2501   1.1  christos 	   int ntok,
   2502   1.1  christos 	   alpha_macro_arg lgsize)
   2503   1.1  christos {
   2504   1.1  christos   expressionS newtok[3];
   2505   1.1  christos 
   2506   1.1  christos   /* Emit "lda $at, exp".  */
   2507   1.1  christos   memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (expressionS) * ntok);
   2508   1.1  christos   newtok[0].X_add_number = AXP_REG_AT;
   2509   1.1  christos   assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
   2510   1.1  christos 
   2511   1.1  christos   /* Emit "ldq_u $9, 0($at)".  */
   2512  1.10  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2513   1.1  christos   set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2514   1.1  christos   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
   2515   1.1  christos   assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
   2516   1.1  christos 
   2517   1.1  christos   /* Emit "ldq_u $10, size-1($at)".  */
   2518   1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2519  1.10  christos   set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize.i) - 1);
   2520   1.1  christos   assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
   2521   1.1  christos 
   2522   1.1  christos   /* Emit "insXl src, $at, $t11".  */
   2523  1.10  christos   newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2524   1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
   2525   1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T11);
   2526   1.1  christos   assemble_tokens (insXl_op[lgsize.i], newtok, 3, 1);
   2527   1.1  christos 
   2528  1.10  christos   /* Emit "insXh src, $at, $t12".  */
   2529   1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T12);
   2530   1.1  christos   assemble_tokens (insXh_op[lgsize.i], newtok, 3, 1);
   2531   1.1  christos 
   2532   1.1  christos   /* Emit "mskXl $t9, $at, $t9".  */
   2533  1.10  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2534   1.1  christos   newtok[2] = newtok[0];
   2535   1.1  christos   assemble_tokens (mskXl_op[lgsize.i], newtok, 3, 1);
   2536   1.1  christos 
   2537   1.1  christos   /* Emit "mskXh $t10, $at, $t10".  */
   2538   1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2539   1.1  christos   newtok[2] = newtok[0];
   2540   1.1  christos   assemble_tokens (mskXh_op[lgsize.i], newtok, 3, 1);
   2541   1.1  christos 
   2542   1.1  christos   /* Emit "or $t9, $t11, $t9".  */
   2543   1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2544   1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
   2545   1.1  christos   newtok[2] = newtok[0];
   2546   1.1  christos   assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
   2547   1.1  christos 
   2548   1.1  christos   /* Emit "or $t10, $t12, $t10".  */
   2549  1.10  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2550   1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T12);
   2551   1.1  christos   newtok[2] = newtok[0];
   2552   1.1  christos   assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
   2553   1.1  christos 
   2554   1.1  christos   /* Emit "stq_u $t10, size-1($at)".  */
   2555   1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2556   1.1  christos   set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize.i) - 1);
   2557   1.1  christos   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
   2558   1.1  christos   assemble_tokens ("stq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
   2559   1.1  christos 
   2560   1.1  christos   /* Emit "stq_u $t9, 0($at)".  */
   2561   1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2562   1.1  christos   set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2563   1.1  christos   assemble_tokens ("stq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
   2564   1.1  christos }
   2565  1.10  christos 
   2566   1.1  christos /* Sign extend a half-word or byte.  The 32-bit sign extend is
   2567   1.1  christos    implemented as "addl $31, $r, $t" in the opcode table.  */
   2568  1.10  christos 
   2569   1.1  christos static void
   2570   1.1  christos emit_sextX (const expressionS *tok,
   2571  1.10  christos 	    int ntok,
   2572   1.1  christos 	    alpha_macro_arg lgsize)
   2573   1.1  christos {
   2574   1.1  christos   if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
   2575   1.1  christos     assemble_tokens (sextX_op[lgsize.i], tok, ntok, 0);
   2576   1.1  christos   else
   2577   1.1  christos     {
   2578   1.1  christos       int bitshift = 64 - 8 * (1 << lgsize.i);
   2579   1.1  christos       expressionS newtok[3];
   2580   1.1  christos 
   2581   1.1  christos       /* Emit "sll src,bits,dst".  */
   2582   1.1  christos       newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2583   1.1  christos       set_tok_const (newtok[1], bitshift);
   2584   1.1  christos       newtok[2] = tok[ntok - 1];
   2585   1.1  christos       assemble_tokens ("sll", newtok, 3, 1);
   2586   1.1  christos 
   2587   1.1  christos       /* Emit "sra dst,bits,dst".  */
   2588   1.1  christos       newtok[0] = newtok[2];
   2589   1.1  christos       assemble_tokens ("sra", newtok, 3, 1);
   2590   1.1  christos     }
   2591   1.1  christos }
   2592   1.1  christos 
   2593   1.1  christos /* Implement the division and modulus macros.  */
   2594   1.1  christos 
   2595   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   2596  1.10  christos 
   2597   1.1  christos /* Make register usage like in normal procedure call.
   2598   1.1  christos    Don't clobber PV and RA.  */
   2599   1.1  christos 
   2600   1.1  christos static void
   2601   1.1  christos emit_division (const expressionS *tok,
   2602   1.1  christos 	       int ntok,
   2603   1.1  christos 	       alpha_macro_arg symname)
   2604   1.1  christos {
   2605   1.1  christos   /* DIVISION and MODULUS. Yech.
   2606   1.1  christos 
   2607   1.1  christos      Convert
   2608   1.1  christos         OP x,y,result
   2609   1.1  christos      to
   2610   1.1  christos         mov x,R16	# if x != R16
   2611   1.1  christos         mov y,R17	# if y != R17
   2612   1.1  christos         lda AT,__OP
   2613   1.1  christos         jsr AT,(AT),0
   2614   1.1  christos         mov R0,result
   2615   1.1  christos 
   2616   1.1  christos      with appropriate optimizations if R0,R16,R17 are the registers
   2617   1.1  christos      specified by the compiler.  */
   2618   1.1  christos 
   2619   1.1  christos   int xr, yr, rr;
   2620   1.1  christos   symbolS *sym;
   2621   1.1  christos   expressionS newtok[3];
   2622   1.1  christos 
   2623   1.1  christos   xr = regno (tok[0].X_add_number);
   2624   1.1  christos   yr = regno (tok[1].X_add_number);
   2625   1.1  christos 
   2626   1.1  christos   if (ntok < 3)
   2627   1.1  christos     rr = xr;
   2628   1.1  christos   else
   2629   1.1  christos     rr = regno (tok[2].X_add_number);
   2630   1.1  christos 
   2631   1.1  christos   /* Move the operands into the right place.  */
   2632   1.1  christos   if (yr == AXP_REG_R16 && xr == AXP_REG_R17)
   2633   1.1  christos     {
   2634   1.1  christos       /* They are in exactly the wrong order -- swap through AT.  */
   2635   1.1  christos       if (alpha_noat_on)
   2636   1.1  christos 	as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   2637   1.1  christos 
   2638   1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R16);
   2639   1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
   2640   1.1  christos       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2641   1.1  christos 
   2642   1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R17);
   2643   1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R16);
   2644   1.1  christos       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2645   1.1  christos 
   2646   1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   2647   1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
   2648   1.1  christos       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2649   1.1  christos     }
   2650   1.1  christos   else
   2651   1.1  christos     {
   2652   1.1  christos       if (yr == AXP_REG_R16)
   2653   1.1  christos 	{
   2654   1.1  christos 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R16);
   2655   1.1  christos 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
   2656   1.1  christos 	  assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2657   1.1  christos 	}
   2658   1.1  christos 
   2659   1.1  christos       if (xr != AXP_REG_R16)
   2660   1.1  christos 	{
   2661   1.1  christos 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], xr);
   2662   1.1  christos 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R16);
   2663   1.1  christos 	  assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2664   1.1  christos 	}
   2665   1.1  christos 
   2666   1.1  christos       if (yr != AXP_REG_R16 && yr != AXP_REG_R17)
   2667  1.10  christos 	{
   2668   1.1  christos 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], yr);
   2669   1.1  christos 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
   2670   1.1  christos 	  assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2671   1.1  christos 	}
   2672   1.1  christos     }
   2673   1.1  christos 
   2674   1.1  christos   sym = symbol_find_or_make (symname.p);
   2675   1.1  christos 
   2676   1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   2677   1.1  christos   set_tok_sym (newtok[1], sym, 0);
   2678   1.1  christos   assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, 2, 1);
   2679   1.1  christos 
   2680   1.1  christos   /* Call the division routine.  */
   2681   1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   2682   1.1  christos   set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
   2683   1.1  christos   set_tok_const (newtok[2], 0);
   2684   1.1  christos   assemble_tokens ("jsr", newtok, 3, 1);
   2685   1.1  christos 
   2686   1.1  christos   /* Move the result to the right place.  */
   2687   1.1  christos   if (rr != AXP_REG_R0)
   2688   1.1  christos     {
   2689   1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R0);
   2690   1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], rr);
   2691   1.1  christos       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2692   1.1  christos     }
   2693  1.10  christos }
   2694   1.1  christos 
   2695   1.1  christos #else /* !OBJ_EVAX */
   2696   1.1  christos 
   2697   1.1  christos static void
   2698   1.1  christos emit_division (const expressionS *tok,
   2699   1.1  christos 	       int ntok,
   2700   1.1  christos 	       alpha_macro_arg symname)
   2701   1.1  christos {
   2702   1.1  christos   /* DIVISION and MODULUS. Yech.
   2703   1.1  christos      Convert
   2704   1.1  christos         OP x,y,result
   2705   1.1  christos      to
   2706   1.1  christos         lda pv,__OP
   2707   1.1  christos         mov x,t10
   2708   1.1  christos         mov y,t11
   2709   1.1  christos         jsr t9,(pv),__OP
   2710   1.1  christos         mov t12,result
   2711   1.1  christos 
   2712   1.1  christos      with appropriate optimizations if t10,t11,t12 are the registers
   2713   1.1  christos      specified by the compiler.  */
   2714   1.1  christos 
   2715   1.1  christos   int xr, yr, rr;
   2716   1.1  christos   symbolS *sym;
   2717   1.1  christos   expressionS newtok[3];
   2718   1.1  christos 
   2719   1.1  christos   xr = regno (tok[0].X_add_number);
   2720  1.10  christos   yr = regno (tok[1].X_add_number);
   2721   1.1  christos 
   2722   1.1  christos   if (ntok < 3)
   2723   1.1  christos     rr = xr;
   2724   1.1  christos   else
   2725   1.1  christos     rr = regno (tok[2].X_add_number);
   2726   1.1  christos 
   2727   1.1  christos   sym = symbol_find_or_make (symname.p);
   2728   1.1  christos 
   2729   1.1  christos   /* Move the operands into the right place.  */
   2730   1.1  christos   if (yr == AXP_REG_T10 && xr == AXP_REG_T11)
   2731   1.1  christos     {
   2732   1.1  christos       /* They are in exactly the wrong order -- swap through AT.  */
   2733   1.1  christos       if (alpha_noat_on)
   2734   1.1  christos 	as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   2735   1.1  christos 
   2736   1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2737   1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
   2738   1.1  christos       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2739   1.1  christos 
   2740   1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T11);
   2741   1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
   2742   1.1  christos       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2743   1.1  christos 
   2744   1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   2745   1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
   2746   1.1  christos       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2747   1.1  christos     }
   2748   1.1  christos   else
   2749   1.1  christos     {
   2750   1.1  christos       if (yr == AXP_REG_T10)
   2751   1.1  christos 	{
   2752   1.1  christos 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2753   1.1  christos 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
   2754   1.1  christos 	  assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2755   1.1  christos 	}
   2756   1.1  christos 
   2757   1.1  christos       if (xr != AXP_REG_T10)
   2758   1.1  christos 	{
   2759   1.1  christos 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], xr);
   2760   1.1  christos 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
   2761   1.1  christos 	  assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2762   1.1  christos 	}
   2763   1.1  christos 
   2764   1.1  christos       if (yr != AXP_REG_T10 && yr != AXP_REG_T11)
   2765   1.1  christos 	{
   2766   1.1  christos 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], yr);
   2767   1.1  christos 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
   2768   1.1  christos 	  assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2769   1.1  christos 	}
   2770   1.1  christos     }
   2771   1.1  christos 
   2772   1.1  christos   /* Call the division routine.  */
   2773   1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2774   1.1  christos   set_tok_sym (newtok[1], sym, 0);
   2775   1.1  christos   assemble_tokens ("jsr", newtok, 2, 1);
   2776   1.1  christos 
   2777   1.1  christos   /* Reload the GP register.  */
   2778   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_AOUT
   2779   1.1  christos FIXME
   2780   1.1  christos #endif
   2781   1.1  christos #if defined(OBJ_ECOFF) || defined(OBJ_ELF)
   2782   1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], alpha_gp_register);
   2783   1.1  christos   set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2784   1.1  christos   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T9);
   2785   1.1  christos   assemble_tokens ("ldgp", newtok, 3, 1);
   2786   1.1  christos #endif
   2787   1.1  christos 
   2788   1.1  christos   /* Move the result to the right place.  */
   2789   1.1  christos   if (rr != AXP_REG_T12)
   2790   1.1  christos     {
   2791   1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T12);
   2792   1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], rr);
   2793   1.1  christos       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2794   1.1  christos     }
   2795   1.1  christos }
   2796   1.1  christos 
   2797   1.1  christos #endif /* !OBJ_EVAX */
   2798   1.1  christos 
   2799  1.10  christos /* The jsr and jmp macros differ from their instruction counterparts
   2800   1.1  christos    in that they can load the target address and default most
   2801   1.1  christos    everything.  */
   2802   1.1  christos 
   2803   1.1  christos static void
   2804   1.1  christos emit_jsrjmp (const expressionS *tok,
   2805   1.1  christos 	     int ntok,
   2806   1.1  christos 	     alpha_macro_arg opname)
   2807   1.1  christos {
   2808   1.1  christos   struct alpha_insn insn;
   2809  1.10  christos   expressionS newtok[3];
   2810   1.1  christos   int r, tokidx = 0;
   2811   1.1  christos   long lituse = 0;
   2812   1.1  christos 
   2813   1.1  christos   if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_register)
   2814   1.1  christos     r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
   2815   1.1  christos   else
   2816   1.1  christos     r = strcmp (opname.p, "jmp") == 0 ? AXP_REG_ZERO : AXP_REG_RA;
   2817   1.1  christos 
   2818   1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], r);
   2819   1.1  christos 
   2820   1.1  christos   if (tokidx < ntok &&
   2821   1.1  christos       (tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister || tok[tokidx].X_op == O_cpregister))
   2822   1.1  christos     r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
   2823  1.10  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   2824   1.1  christos   /* Keep register if jsr $n.<sym>.  */
   2825   1.1  christos #else
   2826   1.1  christos   else
   2827   1.1  christos     {
   2828   1.1  christos       int basereg = alpha_gp_register;
   2829   1.1  christos       lituse = load_expression (r = AXP_REG_PV, &tok[tokidx],
   2830   1.1  christos 				&basereg, NULL, opname.p);
   2831   1.1  christos     }
   2832   1.1  christos #endif
   2833   1.1  christos 
   2834   1.1  christos   set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], r);
   2835   1.1  christos 
   2836  1.10  christos #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
   2837   1.1  christos   if (tokidx < ntok)
   2838   1.1  christos     newtok[2] = tok[tokidx];
   2839   1.1  christos   else
   2840   1.1  christos #endif
   2841   1.1  christos     set_tok_const (newtok[2], 0);
   2842   1.1  christos 
   2843   1.1  christos   assemble_tokens_to_insn (opname.p, newtok, 3, &insn);
   2844   1.1  christos 
   2845   1.1  christos   if (lituse)
   2846   1.1  christos     {
   2847   1.1  christos       gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2848   1.1  christos       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR;
   2849   1.1  christos       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2850   1.1  christos       insn.nfixups++;
   2851   1.1  christos       insn.sequence = lituse;
   2852   1.1  christos     }
   2853   1.1  christos 
   2854   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   2855   1.1  christos   if (alpha_flag_replace
   2856   1.1  christos       && r == AXP_REG_RA
   2857   1.1  christos       && tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol
   2858   1.1  christos       && alpha_linkage_symbol)
   2859   1.5  christos     {
   2860   1.1  christos       /* Create a BOH reloc for 'jsr $27,NAME'.  */
   2861   1.1  christos       const char *symname = S_GET_NAME (tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol);
   2862   1.1  christos       int symlen = strlen (symname);
   2863   1.1  christos       char *ensymname;
   2864   1.1  christos 
   2865   1.1  christos       /* Build the entry name as 'NAME..en'.  */
   2866   1.1  christos       ensymname = XNEWVEC (char, symlen + 5);
   2867   1.1  christos       memcpy (ensymname, symname, symlen);
   2868   1.1  christos       memcpy (ensymname + symlen, "..en", 5);
   2869   1.1  christos 
   2870   1.1  christos       gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2871   1.1  christos       if (insn.nfixups > 0)
   2872   1.1  christos 	{
   2873   1.1  christos 	  memmove (&insn.fixups[1], &insn.fixups[0],
   2874   1.1  christos 		   sizeof(struct alpha_fixup) * insn.nfixups);
   2875   1.1  christos 	}
   2876   1.1  christos 
   2877   1.1  christos       /* The fixup must be the same as the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP
   2878   1.1  christos 	 case in load_expression.  See B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS
   2879   1.1  christos 	 Linker Utility Manual.  */
   2880   1.1  christos       insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH;
   2881   1.5  christos       insn.fixups[0].exp.X_op = O_symbol;
   2882   1.1  christos       insn.fixups[0].exp.X_add_symbol = symbol_find_or_make (ensymname);
   2883   1.1  christos       insn.fixups[0].exp.X_add_number = 0;
   2884   1.1  christos       insn.fixups[0].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol;
   2885   1.1  christos       insn.fixups[0].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
   2886   1.1  christos       insn.nfixups++;
   2887   1.1  christos       alpha_linkage_symbol = 0;
   2888   1.1  christos       free (ensymname);
   2889   1.1  christos     }
   2890   1.1  christos #endif
   2891   1.1  christos 
   2892   1.1  christos   emit_insn (&insn);
   2893   1.1  christos }
   2894  1.10  christos 
   2895   1.1  christos /* The ret and jcr instructions differ from their instruction
   2896   1.1  christos    counterparts in that everything can be defaulted.  */
   2897   1.1  christos 
   2898   1.1  christos static void
   2899   1.1  christos emit_retjcr (const expressionS *tok,
   2900   1.1  christos 	     int ntok,
   2901   1.1  christos 	     alpha_macro_arg opname)
   2902   1.1  christos {
   2903   1.1  christos   expressionS newtok[3];
   2904   1.1  christos   int r, tokidx = 0;
   2905   1.1  christos 
   2906   1.1  christos   if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_register)
   2907   1.1  christos     r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
   2908   1.1  christos   else
   2909   1.1  christos     r = AXP_REG_ZERO;
   2910   1.1  christos 
   2911   1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], r);
   2912   1.1  christos 
   2913   1.1  christos   if (tokidx < ntok &&
   2914   1.1  christos       (tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister || tok[tokidx].X_op == O_cpregister))
   2915   1.1  christos     r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
   2916   1.1  christos   else
   2917  1.10  christos     r = AXP_REG_RA;
   2918   1.1  christos 
   2919  1.10  christos   set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], r);
   2920   1.1  christos 
   2921   1.1  christos   if (tokidx < ntok)
   2922   1.1  christos     newtok[2] = tok[tokidx];
   2923   1.1  christos   else
   2924   1.1  christos     set_tok_const (newtok[2], strcmp (opname.p, "ret") == 0);
   2925   1.1  christos 
   2926   1.1  christos   assemble_tokens (opname.p, newtok, 3, 0);
   2927  1.10  christos }
   2928   1.1  christos 
   2929   1.1  christos /* Implement the ldgp macro.  */
   2930   1.1  christos 
   2931   1.1  christos static void
   2932   1.1  christos emit_ldgp (const expressionS *tok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2933   1.1  christos 	   int ntok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2934   1.1  christos 	   alpha_macro_arg unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   2935   1.1  christos {
   2936   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_AOUT
   2937   1.1  christos FIXME
   2938   1.1  christos #endif
   2939   1.1  christos #if defined(OBJ_ECOFF) || defined(OBJ_ELF)
   2940   1.1  christos   /* from "ldgp r1,n(r2)", generate "ldah r1,X(R2); lda r1,Y(r1)"
   2941   1.1  christos      with appropriate constants and relocations.  */
   2942   1.1  christos   struct alpha_insn insn;
   2943   1.1  christos   expressionS newtok[3];
   2944   1.1  christos   expressionS addend;
   2945   1.1  christos 
   2946   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   2947   1.1  christos   if (regno (tok[2].X_add_number) == AXP_REG_PV)
   2948   1.1  christos     ecoff_set_gp_prolog_size (0);
   2949   1.1  christos #endif
   2950   1.1  christos 
   2951   1.1  christos   newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2952   1.1  christos   set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2953   1.1  christos   newtok[2] = tok[2];
   2954   1.1  christos 
   2955   1.1  christos   assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldah", newtok, 3, &insn);
   2956   1.1  christos 
   2957   1.1  christos   addend = tok[1];
   2958   1.1  christos 
   2959   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   2960   1.1  christos   if (addend.X_op != O_constant)
   2961   1.1  christos     as_bad (_("can not resolve expression"));
   2962   1.1  christos   addend.X_op = O_symbol;
   2963   1.1  christos   addend.X_add_symbol = alpha_gp_symbol;
   2964   1.1  christos #endif
   2965   1.1  christos 
   2966   1.1  christos   insn.nfixups = 1;
   2967   1.1  christos   insn.fixups[0].exp = addend;
   2968   1.1  christos   insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16;
   2969   1.1  christos   insn.sequence = next_sequence_num;
   2970   1.1  christos 
   2971   1.1  christos   emit_insn (&insn);
   2972   1.1  christos 
   2973   1.1  christos   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], tok[0].X_add_number);
   2974   1.1  christos 
   2975   1.1  christos   assemble_tokens_to_insn ("lda", newtok, 3, &insn);
   2976   1.1  christos 
   2977   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   2978   1.1  christos   addend.X_add_number += 4;
   2979   1.1  christos #endif
   2980   1.1  christos 
   2981   1.1  christos   insn.nfixups = 1;
   2982   1.1  christos   insn.fixups[0].exp = addend;
   2983   1.1  christos   insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16;
   2984   1.1  christos   insn.sequence = next_sequence_num--;
   2985   1.1  christos 
   2986   1.1  christos   emit_insn (&insn);
   2987   1.1  christos #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF || OBJ_ELF */
   2988  1.10  christos }
   2989   1.1  christos 
   2990  1.10  christos /* The macro table.  */
   2991   1.1  christos 
   2992   1.1  christos static const struct alpha_macro alpha_macros[] =
   2993  1.10  christos {
   2994   1.1  christos /* Load/Store macros.  */
   2995  1.10  christos   { "lda",	emit_lda, { NULL },
   2996   1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   2997  1.10  christos   { "ldah",	emit_ldah, { NULL },
   2998   1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
   2999  1.10  christos 
   3000   1.1  christos   { "ldl",	emit_ir_load, { "ldl" },
   3001  1.10  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3002   1.1  christos   { "ldl_l",	emit_ir_load, { "ldl_l" },
   3003  1.10  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3004   1.1  christos   { "ldq",	emit_ir_load, { "ldq" },
   3005  1.10  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3006   1.1  christos   { "ldq_l",	emit_ir_load, { "ldq_l" },
   3007  1.10  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3008   1.1  christos   { "ldq_u",	emit_ir_load, { "ldq_u" },
   3009  1.10  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3010   1.1  christos   { "ldf",	emit_loadstore, { "ldf" },
   3011   1.1  christos     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3012  1.10  christos   { "ldg",	emit_loadstore, { "ldg" },
   3013   1.1  christos     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3014  1.10  christos   { "lds",	emit_loadstore, { "lds" },
   3015   1.1  christos     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3016  1.10  christos   { "ldt",	emit_loadstore, { "ldt" },
   3017   1.1  christos     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3018  1.10  christos 
   3019   1.1  christos   { "ldb",	emit_ldX, { .i = 0 },
   3020   1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3021  1.10  christos   { "ldbu",	emit_ldXu, { .i = 0 },
   3022   1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3023  1.10  christos   { "ldw",	emit_ldX, { .i = 1 },
   3024   1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3025  1.10  christos   { "ldwu",	emit_ldXu, { .i = 1 },
   3026   1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3027  1.10  christos 
   3028   1.1  christos   { "uldw",	emit_uldX, { .i = 1 },
   3029  1.10  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3030   1.1  christos   { "uldwu",	emit_uldXu, { .i = 1 },
   3031   1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3032  1.10  christos   { "uldl",	emit_uldX, { .i = 2 },
   3033   1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3034   1.1  christos   { "uldlu",	emit_uldXu, { .i = 2 },
   3035  1.10  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3036   1.1  christos   { "uldq",	emit_uldXu, { .i = 3 },
   3037  1.10  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3038   1.1  christos 
   3039  1.10  christos   { "ldgp",	emit_ldgp, { NULL },
   3040   1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3041   1.1  christos 
   3042  1.10  christos   { "ldi",	emit_lda, { NULL },
   3043   1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
   3044  1.10  christos   { "ldil",	emit_ldil, { NULL },
   3045   1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
   3046  1.10  christos   { "ldiq",	emit_lda, { NULL },
   3047   1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
   3048  1.10  christos 
   3049   1.1  christos   { "stl",	emit_loadstore, { "stl" },
   3050  1.10  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3051   1.1  christos   { "stl_c",	emit_loadstore, { "stl_c" },
   3052  1.10  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3053   1.1  christos   { "stq",	emit_loadstore, { "stq" },
   3054  1.10  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3055   1.1  christos   { "stq_c",	emit_loadstore, { "stq_c" },
   3056  1.10  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3057   1.1  christos   { "stq_u",	emit_loadstore, { "stq_u" },
   3058  1.10  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3059   1.1  christos   { "stf",	emit_loadstore, { "stf" },
   3060   1.1  christos     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3061  1.10  christos   { "stg",	emit_loadstore, { "stg" },
   3062   1.1  christos     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3063  1.10  christos   { "sts",	emit_loadstore, { "sts" },
   3064   1.1  christos     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3065  1.10  christos   { "stt",	emit_loadstore, { "stt" },
   3066   1.1  christos     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3067  1.10  christos 
   3068   1.1  christos   { "stb",	emit_stX, { .i = 0 },
   3069  1.10  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3070   1.1  christos   { "stw",	emit_stX, { .i = 1 },
   3071   1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3072   1.1  christos   { "ustw",	emit_ustX, { .i = 1 },
   3073   1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3074  1.10  christos   { "ustl",	emit_ustX, { .i = 2 },
   3075   1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3076   1.1  christos   { "ustq",	emit_ustX, { .i = 3 },
   3077   1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3078  1.10  christos 
   3079   1.1  christos /* Arithmetic macros.  */
   3080   1.1  christos 
   3081   1.1  christos   { "sextb",	emit_sextX, { .i = 0 },
   3082   1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3083  1.10  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3084   1.1  christos       /* MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3085   1.1  christos   { "sextw",	emit_sextX, { .i = 1 },
   3086   1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3087   1.1  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3088  1.10  christos       /* MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3089   1.1  christos 
   3090   1.1  christos   { "divl",	emit_division, { "__divl" },
   3091   1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3092   1.1  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3093  1.10  christos       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3094   1.1  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3095   1.1  christos   { "divlu",	emit_division, { "__divlu" },
   3096   1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3097   1.1  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3098  1.10  christos       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3099   1.1  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3100   1.1  christos   { "divq",	emit_division, { "__divq" },
   3101   1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3102   1.1  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3103  1.10  christos       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3104   1.1  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3105   1.1  christos   { "divqu",	emit_division, { "__divqu" },
   3106   1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3107   1.1  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3108  1.10  christos       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3109   1.1  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3110   1.1  christos   { "reml",	emit_division, { "__reml" },
   3111   1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3112   1.1  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3113  1.10  christos       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3114   1.1  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3115   1.1  christos   { "remlu",	emit_division, { "__remlu" },
   3116   1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3117   1.1  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3118  1.10  christos       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3119   1.1  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3120   1.1  christos   { "remq",	emit_division, { "__remq" },
   3121   1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3122   1.1  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3123   1.1  christos       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3124  1.10  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3125   1.1  christos   { "remqu",	emit_division, { "__remqu" },
   3126   1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3127   1.1  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3128   1.1  christos       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3129  1.10  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3130   1.1  christos 
   3131   1.1  christos   { "jsr",	emit_jsrjmp, { "jsr" },
   3132   1.1  christos     { MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3133   1.1  christos       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
   3134  1.10  christos       MACRO_IR,  MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3135   1.1  christos       MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
   3136   1.1  christos   { "jmp",	emit_jsrjmp, { "jmp" },
   3137   1.1  christos     { MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3138   1.1  christos       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
   3139   1.1  christos       MACRO_IR,  MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3140   1.1  christos       MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
   3141  1.10  christos   { "ret",	emit_retjcr, { "ret" },
   3142   1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3143   1.1  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3144   1.1  christos       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3145   1.1  christos       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
   3146   1.1  christos       MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3147   1.1  christos       MACRO_EOA } },
   3148  1.10  christos   { "jcr",	emit_retjcr, { "jcr" },
   3149   1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR,  MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3150   1.1  christos       MACRO_IR,  MACRO_EOA,
   3151   1.1  christos       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3152   1.1  christos       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
   3153   1.1  christos       MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3154   1.1  christos       MACRO_EOA } },
   3155   1.1  christos   { "jsr_coroutine",	emit_retjcr, { "jcr" },
   3156   1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR,  MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3157   1.1  christos       MACRO_IR,  MACRO_EOA,
   3158   1.1  christos       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3159   1.1  christos       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
   3160   1.1  christos       MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3161   1.1  christos       MACRO_EOA } },
   3162   1.1  christos };
   3163   1.1  christos 
   3164   1.1  christos static const unsigned int alpha_num_macros
   3165   1.1  christos   = sizeof (alpha_macros) / sizeof (*alpha_macros);
   3166   1.1  christos 
   3167   1.1  christos /* Search forward through all variants of a macro looking for a syntax
   3168   1.1  christos    match.  */
   3169   1.1  christos 
   3170   1.1  christos static const struct alpha_macro *
   3171   1.1  christos find_macro_match (const struct alpha_macro *first_macro,
   3172   1.1  christos 		  const expressionS *tok,
   3173   1.1  christos 		  int *pntok)
   3174  1.10  christos 
   3175   1.1  christos {
   3176   1.1  christos   const struct alpha_macro *macro = first_macro;
   3177   1.1  christos   int ntok = *pntok;
   3178   1.1  christos 
   3179   1.1  christos   do
   3180   1.1  christos     {
   3181   1.1  christos       const alpha_macro_argset *arg = macro->argsets;
   3182   1.1  christos       int tokidx = 0;
   3183   1.1  christos 
   3184   1.1  christos       while (*arg)
   3185   1.1  christos 	{
   3186   1.1  christos 	  switch (*arg)
   3187   1.1  christos 	    {
   3188   1.1  christos 	    case MACRO_EOA:
   3189   1.1  christos 	      if (tokidx == ntok)
   3190   1.1  christos 		return macro;
   3191   1.1  christos 	      else
   3192   1.1  christos 		tokidx = 0;
   3193   1.1  christos 	      break;
   3194   1.1  christos 
   3195   1.1  christos 	      /* Index register.  */
   3196   1.1  christos 	    case MACRO_IR:
   3197   1.1  christos 	      if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
   3198   1.1  christos 		  || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   3199   1.1  christos 		goto match_failed;
   3200   1.1  christos 	      ++tokidx;
   3201   1.1  christos 	      break;
   3202   1.1  christos 
   3203   1.1  christos 	      /* Parenthesized index register.  */
   3204   1.1  christos 	    case MACRO_PIR:
   3205   1.1  christos 	      if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_pregister
   3206   1.1  christos 		  || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   3207   1.1  christos 		goto match_failed;
   3208   1.1  christos 	      ++tokidx;
   3209   1.1  christos 	      break;
   3210   1.1  christos 
   3211   1.1  christos 	      /* Optional parenthesized index register.  */
   3212   1.1  christos 	    case MACRO_OPIR:
   3213   1.1  christos 	      if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister
   3214   1.1  christos 		  && is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   3215   1.1  christos 		++tokidx;
   3216   1.1  christos 	      break;
   3217   1.1  christos 
   3218   1.1  christos 	      /* Leading comma with a parenthesized index register.  */
   3219   1.1  christos 	    case MACRO_CPIR:
   3220   1.1  christos 	      if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_cpregister
   3221   1.1  christos 		  || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   3222   1.1  christos 		goto match_failed;
   3223   1.1  christos 	      ++tokidx;
   3224   1.1  christos 	      break;
   3225   1.1  christos 
   3226   1.1  christos 	      /* Floating point register.  */
   3227   1.1  christos 	    case MACRO_FPR:
   3228   1.1  christos 	      if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
   3229   1.1  christos 		  || !is_fpr_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   3230   1.1  christos 		goto match_failed;
   3231   1.1  christos 	      ++tokidx;
   3232   1.1  christos 	      break;
   3233   1.1  christos 
   3234   1.1  christos 	      /* Normal expression.  */
   3235   1.1  christos 	    case MACRO_EXP:
   3236   1.1  christos 	      if (tokidx >= ntok)
   3237   1.1  christos 		goto match_failed;
   3238   1.1  christos 	      switch (tok[tokidx].X_op)
   3239   1.1  christos 		{
   3240   1.1  christos 		case O_illegal:
   3241   1.1  christos 		case O_absent:
   3242   1.1  christos 		case O_register:
   3243   1.1  christos 		case O_pregister:
   3244   1.1  christos 		case O_cpregister:
   3245   1.1  christos 		case O_literal:
   3246   1.1  christos 		case O_lituse_base:
   3247   1.1  christos 		case O_lituse_bytoff:
   3248   1.1  christos 		case O_lituse_jsr:
   3249   1.1  christos 		case O_gpdisp:
   3250   1.1  christos 		case O_gprelhigh:
   3251   1.1  christos 		case O_gprellow:
   3252   1.1  christos 		case O_gprel:
   3253   1.1  christos 		case O_samegp:
   3254   1.1  christos 		  goto match_failed;
   3255   1.1  christos 
   3256   1.1  christos 		default:
   3257   1.1  christos 		  break;
   3258   1.1  christos 		}
   3259   1.1  christos 	      ++tokidx;
   3260   1.1  christos 	      break;
   3261   1.1  christos 
   3262   1.1  christos 	    match_failed:
   3263   1.1  christos 	      while (*arg != MACRO_EOA)
   3264   1.1  christos 		++arg;
   3265   1.1  christos 	      tokidx = 0;
   3266   1.1  christos 	      break;
   3267   1.1  christos 	    }
   3268   1.1  christos 	  ++arg;
   3269   1.1  christos 	}
   3270   1.1  christos     }
   3271   1.1  christos   while (++macro - alpha_macros < (int) alpha_num_macros
   3272   1.1  christos 	 && !strcmp (macro->name, first_macro->name));
   3273   1.1  christos 
   3274   1.1  christos   return NULL;
   3275   1.1  christos }
   3276   1.1  christos 
   3277   1.1  christos /* Given an opcode name and a pre-tokenized set of arguments, take the
   3278   1.1  christos    opcode all the way through emission.  */
   3279   1.1  christos 
   3280   1.1  christos static void
   3281   1.1  christos assemble_tokens (const char *opname,
   3282   1.1  christos 		 const expressionS *tok,
   3283   1.1  christos 		 int ntok,
   3284   1.1  christos 		 int local_macros_on)
   3285   1.1  christos {
   3286   1.1  christos   int found_something = 0;
   3287   1.1  christos   const struct alpha_opcode *opcode;
   3288   1.1  christos   const struct alpha_macro *macro;
   3289   1.1  christos   int cpumatch = 1;
   3290   1.1  christos   extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED;
   3291   1.1  christos 
   3292   1.1  christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
   3293   1.1  christos   /* If a user-specified relocation is present, this is not a macro.  */
   3294   1.1  christos   if (ntok && USER_RELOC_P (tok[ntok - 1].X_op))
   3295   1.1  christos     {
   3296  1.10  christos       reloc = ALPHA_RELOC_TABLE (tok[ntok - 1].X_op)->reloc;
   3297   1.1  christos       ntok--;
   3298   1.1  christos     }
   3299   1.1  christos   else
   3300   1.1  christos #endif
   3301   1.1  christos   if (local_macros_on)
   3302   1.1  christos     {
   3303   1.1  christos       macro = str_hash_find (alpha_macro_hash, opname);
   3304   1.1  christos       if (macro)
   3305   1.1  christos 	{
   3306   1.1  christos 	  found_something = 1;
   3307   1.1  christos 	  macro = find_macro_match (macro, tok, &ntok);
   3308   1.1  christos 	  if (macro)
   3309   1.1  christos 	    {
   3310  1.10  christos 	      (*macro->emit) (tok, ntok, macro->arg);
   3311   1.1  christos 	      return;
   3312   1.1  christos 	    }
   3313   1.1  christos 	}
   3314   1.1  christos     }
   3315   1.1  christos 
   3316   1.1  christos   /* Search opcodes.  */
   3317   1.1  christos   opcode = str_hash_find (alpha_opcode_hash, opname);
   3318   1.1  christos   if (opcode)
   3319   1.1  christos     {
   3320   1.1  christos       found_something = 1;
   3321   1.1  christos       opcode = find_opcode_match (opcode, tok, &ntok, &cpumatch);
   3322   1.1  christos       if (opcode)
   3323   1.1  christos 	{
   3324   1.1  christos 	  struct alpha_insn insn;
   3325   1.1  christos 	  assemble_insn (opcode, tok, ntok, &insn, reloc);
   3326   1.1  christos 
   3327   1.1  christos 	  /* Copy the sequence number for the reloc from the reloc token.  */
   3328   1.1  christos 	  if (reloc != BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
   3329   1.1  christos 	    insn.sequence = tok[ntok].X_add_number;
   3330   1.1  christos 
   3331   1.1  christos 	  emit_insn (&insn);
   3332   1.1  christos 	  return;
   3333   1.1  christos 	}
   3334   1.1  christos     }
   3335   1.1  christos 
   3336   1.1  christos   if (found_something)
   3337   1.1  christos     {
   3338   1.1  christos       if (cpumatch)
   3339   1.1  christos 	as_bad (_("inappropriate arguments for opcode `%s'"), opname);
   3340   1.1  christos       else
   3341   1.1  christos 	as_bad (_("opcode `%s' not supported for target %s"), opname,
   3342   1.1  christos 		alpha_target_name);
   3343   1.1  christos     }
   3344   1.6  christos   else
   3345   1.1  christos     as_bad (_("unknown opcode `%s'"), opname);
   3346   1.1  christos }
   3347   1.1  christos 
   3348   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   3350   1.1  christos 
   3351   1.1  christos /* Add sym+addend to link pool.
   3352   1.1  christos    Return offset from current procedure value (pv) to entry in link pool.
   3353   1.1  christos 
   3354   1.1  christos    Add new fixup only if offset isn't 16bit.  */
   3355   1.1  christos 
   3356   1.1  christos static symbolS *
   3357   1.1  christos add_to_link_pool (symbolS *sym, offsetT addend)
   3358   1.1  christos {
   3359   1.3  christos   symbolS *basesym;
   3360   1.1  christos   segT current_section = now_seg;
   3361   1.1  christos   int current_subsec = now_subseg;
   3362   1.1  christos   char *p;
   3363   1.1  christos   segment_info_type *seginfo = seg_info (alpha_link_section);
   3364   1.1  christos   fixS *fixp;
   3365   1.1  christos   symbolS *linksym, *expsym;
   3366   1.1  christos   expressionS e;
   3367   1.1  christos 
   3368  1.10  christos   basesym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
   3369   1.1  christos 
   3370   1.1  christos   /* @@ This assumes all entries in a given section will be of the same
   3371   1.1  christos      size...  Probably correct, but unwise to rely on.  */
   3372  1.10  christos   /* This must always be called with the same subsegment.  */
   3373   1.1  christos 
   3374   1.1  christos   if (seginfo->frchainP)
   3375   1.7  christos     for (fixp = seginfo->frchainP->fix_root;
   3376   1.7  christos 	 fixp != NULL;
   3377   1.7  christos 	 fixp = fixp->fx_next)
   3378   1.1  christos       {
   3379   1.1  christos 	if (fixp->fx_addsy == sym
   3380   1.1  christos 	    && fixp->fx_offset == (valueT) addend
   3381   1.1  christos 	    && fixp->tc_fix_data.info
   3382   1.1  christos 	    && fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym
   3383   1.8  christos 	    && symbol_symbolS (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym)
   3384   1.1  christos 	    && (symbol_get_value_expression (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym)
   3385   1.1  christos 		->X_op_symbol == basesym))
   3386   1.1  christos 	  return fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym;
   3387   1.1  christos       }
   3388   1.1  christos 
   3389   1.1  christos   /* Not found, add a new entry.  */
   3390   1.1  christos   subseg_set (alpha_link_section, 0);
   3391   1.1  christos   linksym = symbol_new (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, frag_now, frag_now_fix ());
   3392   1.1  christos   p = frag_more (8);
   3393   1.1  christos   memset (p, 0, 8);
   3394   1.1  christos 
   3395  1.10  christos   /* Create a symbol for 'basesym - linksym' (offset of the added entry).  */
   3396  1.10  christos   e.X_op = O_subtract;
   3397   1.1  christos   e.X_add_symbol = linksym;
   3398   1.1  christos   e.X_op_symbol = basesym;
   3399   1.1  christos   e.X_add_number = 0;
   3400   1.1  christos   expsym = make_expr_symbol (&e);
   3401   1.1  christos 
   3402   1.1  christos   /* Create a fixup for the entry.  */
   3403   1.1  christos   fixp = fix_new (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8,
   3404   1.1  christos 		  sym, addend, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
   3405   1.1  christos   fixp->tc_fix_data.info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (next_sequence_num--);
   3406   1.1  christos   fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym = expsym;
   3407   1.1  christos 
   3408   1.1  christos   subseg_set (current_section, current_subsec);
   3409   1.1  christos 
   3410   1.1  christos   /* Return the symbol.  */
   3411   1.1  christos   return expsym;
   3412   1.1  christos }
   3413   1.1  christos #endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
   3414   1.1  christos 
   3415   1.1  christos /* Assembler directives.  */
   3417   1.1  christos 
   3418   1.1  christos /* Handle the .text pseudo-op.  This is like the usual one, but it
   3419   1.1  christos    clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment.  */
   3420   1.1  christos 
   3421   1.1  christos static void
   3422   1.1  christos s_alpha_text (int i)
   3423   1.1  christos {
   3424   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   3425   1.1  christos   obj_elf_text (i);
   3426   1.1  christos #else
   3427   1.1  christos   s_text (i);
   3428   1.1  christos #endif
   3429   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   3430   1.1  christos   {
   3431   1.1  christos     symbolS * symbolP;
   3432   1.1  christos 
   3433   1.1  christos     symbolP = symbol_find (".text");
   3434   1.1  christos     if (symbolP == NULL)
   3435   1.1  christos       {
   3436   1.1  christos 	symbolP = symbol_make (".text");
   3437   1.1  christos 	S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, text_section);
   3438   1.1  christos 	symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
   3439   1.1  christos       }
   3440   1.1  christos   }
   3441   1.1  christos #endif
   3442   1.1  christos   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   3443   1.1  christos   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   3444   1.1  christos   alpha_current_align = 0;
   3445   1.1  christos }
   3446   1.1  christos 
   3447   1.1  christos /* Handle the .data pseudo-op.  This is like the usual one, but it
   3448   1.1  christos    clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment.  */
   3449   1.1  christos 
   3450   1.1  christos static void
   3451   1.1  christos s_alpha_data (int i)
   3452   1.1  christos {
   3453   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   3454   1.1  christos   obj_elf_data (i);
   3455   1.1  christos #else
   3456   1.1  christos   s_data (i);
   3457   1.1  christos #endif
   3458   1.1  christos   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   3459   1.1  christos   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   3460   1.1  christos   alpha_current_align = 0;
   3461   1.1  christos }
   3462   1.1  christos 
   3463   1.1  christos #if defined (OBJ_ECOFF) || defined (OBJ_EVAX)
   3464   1.1  christos 
   3465   1.1  christos /* Handle the OSF/1 and openVMS .comm pseudo quirks.  */
   3466   1.1  christos 
   3467   1.1  christos static void
   3468   1.1  christos s_alpha_comm (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3469   1.1  christos {
   3470   1.1  christos   char *name;
   3471   1.3  christos   char c;
   3472   1.1  christos   char *p;
   3473   1.1  christos   offsetT size;
   3474   1.1  christos   symbolS *symbolP;
   3475  1.10  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   3476   1.1  christos   offsetT temp;
   3477  1.10  christos   int log_align = 0;
   3478   1.1  christos #endif
   3479   1.1  christos 
   3480   1.1  christos   c = get_symbol_name (&name);
   3481   1.1  christos 
   3482   1.1  christos   /* Just after name is now '\0'.  */
   3483   1.1  christos   p = input_line_pointer;
   3484   1.1  christos   restore_line_pointer (c);
   3485   1.1  christos 
   3486   1.1  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   3487   1.1  christos 
   3488   1.1  christos   /* Alpha OSF/1 compiler doesn't provide the comma, gcc does.  */
   3489   1.1  christos   if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
   3490   1.1  christos     {
   3491   1.1  christos       input_line_pointer++;
   3492   1.1  christos       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   3493   1.1  christos     }
   3494   1.1  christos   if ((size = get_absolute_expression ()) < 0)
   3495   1.1  christos     {
   3496   1.1  christos       as_warn (_(".COMMon length (%ld.) <0! Ignored."), (long) size);
   3497   1.1  christos       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   3498   1.1  christos       return;
   3499   1.1  christos     }
   3500   1.1  christos 
   3501   1.1  christos   *p = 0;
   3502   1.1  christos   symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
   3503   1.1  christos   *p = c;
   3504   1.1  christos 
   3505   1.1  christos   if (S_IS_DEFINED (symbolP) && ! S_IS_COMMON (symbolP))
   3506   1.1  christos     {
   3507   1.1  christos       as_bad (_("Ignoring attempt to re-define symbol"));
   3508   1.1  christos       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   3509   1.1  christos       return;
   3510   1.1  christos     }
   3511   1.1  christos 
   3512   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   3513   1.1  christos   if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
   3514   1.1  christos     temp = 8; /* Default alignment.  */
   3515   1.1  christos   else
   3516   1.1  christos     {
   3517   1.1  christos       input_line_pointer++;
   3518   1.1  christos       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   3519   1.1  christos       temp = get_absolute_expression ();
   3520   1.1  christos     }
   3521   1.1  christos 
   3522   1.1  christos   /* ??? Unlike on OSF/1, the alignment factor is not in log units.  */
   3523   1.1  christos   while ((temp >>= 1) != 0)
   3524   1.1  christos     ++log_align;
   3525   1.1  christos 
   3526   1.1  christos   if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
   3527   1.5  christos     {
   3528   1.1  christos       /* Extended form of the directive
   3529   1.1  christos 
   3530   1.1  christos 	   .comm symbol, size, alignment, section
   3531  1.10  christos 
   3532   1.3  christos          where the "common" semantics is transferred to the section.
   3533   1.1  christos          The symbol is effectively an alias for the section name.  */
   3534   1.1  christos 
   3535   1.1  christos       segT sec;
   3536   1.1  christos       const char *sec_name;
   3537   1.1  christos       symbolS *sec_symbol;
   3538   1.1  christos       segT current_seg = now_seg;
   3539   1.1  christos       subsegT current_subseg = now_subseg;
   3540   1.1  christos       offsetT cur_size;
   3541   1.1  christos 
   3542   1.1  christos       input_line_pointer++;
   3543   1.1  christos       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   3544   1.1  christos       sec_name = s_alpha_section_name ();
   3545   1.1  christos       sec_symbol = symbol_find_or_make (sec_name);
   3546  1.10  christos       sec = subseg_new (sec_name, 0);
   3547   1.1  christos       S_SET_SEGMENT (sec_symbol, sec);
   3548  1.10  christos       symbol_get_bfdsym (sec_symbol)->flags |= BSF_SECTION_SYM;
   3549  1.10  christos       bfd_vms_set_section_flags (stdoutput, sec, 0,
   3550   1.1  christos 				 EGPS__V_OVR | EGPS__V_GBL | EGPS__V_NOMOD);
   3551  1.10  christos       record_alignment (sec, log_align);
   3552   1.1  christos 
   3553   1.1  christos       /* Reuse stab_string_size to store the size of the section.  */
   3554   1.1  christos       cur_size = seg_info (sec)->stabu.stab_string_size;
   3555   1.1  christos       if (size > cur_size)
   3556   1.1  christos 	{
   3557   1.1  christos 	  char *pfrag = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, 0, NULL,
   3558   1.1  christos 				  size - cur_size, NULL);
   3559   1.1  christos 	  *pfrag = 0;
   3560   1.1  christos 	  seg_info (sec)->stabu.stab_string_size = size;
   3561   1.1  christos 	}
   3562   1.1  christos 
   3563   1.1  christos       S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, sec);
   3564   1.1  christos 
   3565   1.1  christos       subseg_set (current_seg, current_subseg);
   3566   1.1  christos     }
   3567   1.1  christos   else
   3568   1.1  christos     {
   3569   1.1  christos       /* Regular form of the directive
   3570   1.1  christos 
   3571   1.1  christos 	   .comm symbol, size, alignment
   3572   1.1  christos 
   3573   1.1  christos 	 where the "common" semantics in on the symbol.
   3574   1.1  christos 	 These symbols are assembled in the .bss section.  */
   3575   1.1  christos 
   3576  1.10  christos       char *pfrag;
   3577   1.1  christos       segT current_seg = now_seg;
   3578   1.1  christos       subsegT current_subseg = now_subseg;
   3579   1.1  christos 
   3580   1.1  christos       subseg_set (bss_section, 1);
   3581   1.1  christos       frag_align (log_align, 0, 0);
   3582   1.1  christos       record_alignment (bss_section, log_align);
   3583   1.1  christos 
   3584   1.3  christos       symbol_set_frag (symbolP, frag_now);
   3585   1.1  christos       pfrag = frag_var (rs_org, 1, 1, 0, symbolP, size, NULL);
   3586   1.1  christos       *pfrag = 0;
   3587   1.1  christos 
   3588   1.1  christos       S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bss_section);
   3589   1.1  christos 
   3590   1.1  christos       subseg_set (current_seg, current_subseg);
   3591   1.1  christos     }
   3592   1.1  christos #endif
   3593   1.1  christos 
   3594   1.1  christos   if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP))
   3595   1.1  christos     {
   3596   1.1  christos       if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP) != (valueT) size)
   3597   1.1  christos         as_bad (_("Length of .comm \"%s\" is already %ld. Not changed to %ld."),
   3598   1.1  christos                 S_GET_NAME (symbolP),
   3599   1.1  christos                 (long) S_GET_VALUE (symbolP),
   3600   1.3  christos                 (long) size);
   3601   1.1  christos     }
   3602   1.7  christos   else
   3603   1.1  christos     {
   3604   1.1  christos #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
   3605   1.1  christos       S_SET_VALUE (symbolP, (valueT) size);
   3606   1.1  christos #endif
   3607   1.1  christos       S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
   3608   1.1  christos     }
   3609   1.1  christos 
   3610   1.1  christos #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
   3611   1.1  christos   know (symbol_get_frag (symbolP) == &zero_address_frag);
   3612   1.1  christos #endif
   3613   1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3614   1.1  christos }
   3615   1.1  christos 
   3616   1.1  christos #endif /* ! OBJ_ELF */
   3617   1.1  christos 
   3618   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   3619   1.1  christos 
   3620   1.1  christos /* Handle the .rdata pseudo-op.  This is like the usual one, but it
   3621   1.1  christos    clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment.  */
   3622   1.1  christos 
   3623   1.1  christos static void
   3624   1.1  christos s_alpha_rdata (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3625   1.1  christos {
   3626   1.1  christos   get_absolute_expression ();
   3627   1.1  christos   subseg_new (".rdata", 0);
   3628   1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3629   1.1  christos   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   3630   1.1  christos   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   3631   1.1  christos   alpha_current_align = 0;
   3632   1.1  christos }
   3633   1.1  christos 
   3634   1.1  christos #endif
   3635   1.1  christos 
   3636   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   3637   1.1  christos 
   3638   1.1  christos /* Handle the .sdata pseudo-op.  This is like the usual one, but it
   3639   1.1  christos    clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment.  */
   3640   1.1  christos 
   3641   1.1  christos static void
   3642   1.1  christos s_alpha_sdata (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3643   1.1  christos {
   3644   1.1  christos   get_absolute_expression ();
   3645   1.1  christos   subseg_new (".sdata", 0);
   3646   1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3647   1.1  christos   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   3648   1.1  christos   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   3649   1.1  christos   alpha_current_align = 0;
   3650   1.1  christos }
   3651   1.1  christos #endif
   3652   1.1  christos 
   3653   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   3654   1.1  christos struct alpha_elf_frame_data
   3655   1.1  christos {
   3656   1.1  christos   symbolS *func_sym;
   3657   1.1  christos   symbolS *func_end_sym;
   3658   1.1  christos   symbolS *prologue_sym;
   3659   1.1  christos   unsigned int mask;
   3660   1.1  christos   unsigned int fmask;
   3661   1.1  christos   int fp_regno;
   3662   1.1  christos   int ra_regno;
   3663   1.1  christos   offsetT frame_size;
   3664   1.1  christos   offsetT mask_offset;
   3665   1.3  christos   offsetT fmask_offset;
   3666   1.3  christos 
   3667   1.1  christos   struct alpha_elf_frame_data *next;
   3668   1.1  christos };
   3669   1.1  christos 
   3670   1.1  christos static struct alpha_elf_frame_data *all_frame_data;
   3671   1.1  christos static struct alpha_elf_frame_data **plast_frame_data = &all_frame_data;
   3672   1.1  christos static struct alpha_elf_frame_data *cur_frame_data;
   3673   1.1  christos 
   3674   1.1  christos extern int all_cfi_sections;
   3675   1.1  christos 
   3676   1.1  christos /* Handle the .section pseudo-op.  This is like the usual one, but it
   3677   1.1  christos    clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment.  */
   3678   1.1  christos 
   3679   1.1  christos static void
   3680   1.1  christos s_alpha_section (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3681   1.1  christos {
   3682   1.1  christos   obj_elf_section (ignore);
   3683   1.1  christos 
   3684   1.1  christos   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   3685   1.1  christos   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   3686   1.1  christos   alpha_current_align = 0;
   3687   1.1  christos }
   3688   1.3  christos 
   3689   1.3  christos static void
   3690   1.3  christos s_alpha_ent (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3691   1.3  christos {
   3692   1.1  christos   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3693   1.1  christos     ecoff_directive_ent (0);
   3694   1.1  christos   else
   3695   1.1  christos     {
   3696   1.3  christos       char *name, name_end;
   3697   1.1  christos 
   3698   1.1  christos       name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
   3699   1.1  christos       /* CFI_EMIT_eh_frame is the default.  */
   3700   1.1  christos       all_cfi_sections = CFI_EMIT_eh_frame;
   3701   1.1  christos 
   3702   1.1  christos       if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
   3703   1.1  christos 	{
   3704   1.1  christos 	  as_warn (_(".ent directive has no name"));
   3705   1.1  christos 	  (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   3706   1.1  christos 	}
   3707   1.1  christos       else
   3708   1.5  christos 	{
   3709   1.1  christos 	  symbolS *sym;
   3710   1.1  christos 
   3711   1.1  christos 	  if (cur_frame_data)
   3712   1.1  christos 	    as_warn (_("nested .ent directives"));
   3713   1.1  christos 
   3714   1.1  christos 	  sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
   3715   1.1  christos 	  symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
   3716   1.1  christos 
   3717   1.1  christos 	  cur_frame_data = XCNEW (struct alpha_elf_frame_data);
   3718   1.1  christos 	  cur_frame_data->func_sym = sym;
   3719   1.1  christos 
   3720  1.10  christos 	  /* Provide sensible defaults.  */
   3721  1.10  christos 	  cur_frame_data->fp_regno = 30;	/* sp */
   3722   1.1  christos 	  cur_frame_data->ra_regno = 26;	/* ra */
   3723   1.1  christos 
   3724   1.1  christos 	  *plast_frame_data = cur_frame_data;
   3725   1.1  christos 	  plast_frame_data = &cur_frame_data->next;
   3726   1.1  christos 
   3727   1.1  christos 	  /* The .ent directive is sometimes followed by a number.  Not sure
   3728   1.1  christos 	     what it really means, but ignore it.  */
   3729   1.1  christos 	  restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   3730   1.1  christos 	  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   3731   1.1  christos 	  if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
   3732   1.1  christos 	    {
   3733   1.1  christos 	      input_line_pointer++;
   3734   1.1  christos 	      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   3735   1.1  christos 	    }
   3736   1.1  christos 	  if (ISDIGIT (*input_line_pointer) || *input_line_pointer == '-')
   3737   1.1  christos 	    (void) get_absolute_expression ();
   3738   1.1  christos 	}
   3739   1.1  christos       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3740   1.1  christos     }
   3741   1.1  christos }
   3742   1.3  christos 
   3743   1.3  christos static void
   3744   1.1  christos s_alpha_end (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3745   1.1  christos {
   3746   1.1  christos   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3747   1.1  christos     ecoff_directive_end (0);
   3748   1.1  christos   else
   3749   1.1  christos     {
   3750   1.1  christos       char *name, name_end;
   3751   1.1  christos 
   3752   1.1  christos       name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
   3753   1.1  christos 
   3754   1.1  christos       if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
   3755   1.1  christos 	{
   3756   1.1  christos 	  as_warn (_(".end directive has no name"));
   3757   1.1  christos 	}
   3758   1.1  christos       else
   3759   1.1  christos 	{
   3760   1.1  christos 	  symbolS *sym;
   3761   1.1  christos 
   3762   1.1  christos 	  sym = symbol_find (name);
   3763  1.10  christos 	  if (!cur_frame_data)
   3764   1.1  christos 	    as_warn (_(".end directive without matching .ent"));
   3765   1.1  christos 	  else if (sym != cur_frame_data->func_sym)
   3766   1.1  christos 	    as_warn (_(".end directive names different symbol than .ent"));
   3767   1.1  christos 
   3768   1.1  christos 	  /* Create an expression to calculate the size of the function.  */
   3769   1.1  christos 	  if (sym && cur_frame_data)
   3770   1.1  christos 	    {
   3771   1.1  christos 	      OBJ_SYMFIELD_TYPE *obj = symbol_get_obj (sym);
   3772   1.1  christos 	      expressionS *exp = notes_alloc (sizeof (*exp));
   3773   1.1  christos 
   3774   1.1  christos 	      obj->size = exp;
   3775   1.3  christos 	      exp->X_op = O_subtract;
   3776   1.1  christos 	      exp->X_add_symbol = symbol_temp_new_now ();
   3777   1.3  christos 	      exp->X_op_symbol = sym;
   3778   1.1  christos 	      exp->X_add_number = 0;
   3779   1.1  christos 
   3780   1.1  christos 	      cur_frame_data->func_end_sym = exp->X_add_symbol;
   3781   1.1  christos 	    }
   3782   1.1  christos 
   3783   1.1  christos 	  cur_frame_data = NULL;
   3784   1.1  christos 	}
   3785   1.1  christos 
   3786   1.1  christos       (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   3787   1.1  christos       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3788   1.1  christos     }
   3789   1.1  christos }
   3790   1.1  christos 
   3791   1.1  christos static void
   3792   1.1  christos s_alpha_mask (int fp)
   3793   1.1  christos {
   3794   1.1  christos   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3795   1.1  christos     {
   3796   1.1  christos       if (fp)
   3797   1.1  christos 	ecoff_directive_fmask (0);
   3798   1.1  christos       else
   3799   1.1  christos 	ecoff_directive_mask (0);
   3800   1.1  christos     }
   3801   1.1  christos   else
   3802   1.1  christos     {
   3803   1.1  christos       long val;
   3804   1.1  christos       offsetT offset;
   3805   1.1  christos 
   3806   1.1  christos       if (!cur_frame_data)
   3807   1.1  christos 	{
   3808   1.1  christos 	  if (fp)
   3809   1.1  christos 	    as_warn (_(".fmask outside of .ent"));
   3810   1.1  christos 	  else
   3811   1.1  christos 	    as_warn (_(".mask outside of .ent"));
   3812   1.1  christos 	  discard_rest_of_line ();
   3813   1.1  christos 	  return;
   3814   1.1  christos 	}
   3815   1.1  christos 
   3816   1.1  christos       if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
   3817   1.1  christos 	{
   3818   1.1  christos 	  if (fp)
   3819   1.1  christos 	    as_warn (_("bad .fmask directive"));
   3820   1.1  christos 	  else
   3821   1.1  christos 	    as_warn (_("bad .mask directive"));
   3822   1.1  christos 	  --input_line_pointer;
   3823   1.1  christos 	  discard_rest_of_line ();
   3824   1.1  christos 	  return;
   3825   1.1  christos 	}
   3826   1.1  christos 
   3827   1.1  christos       offset = get_absolute_expression ();
   3828   1.1  christos       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3829   1.1  christos 
   3830   1.1  christos       if (fp)
   3831   1.1  christos 	{
   3832   1.1  christos 	  cur_frame_data->fmask = val;
   3833   1.1  christos           cur_frame_data->fmask_offset = offset;
   3834   1.1  christos 	}
   3835   1.1  christos       else
   3836   1.1  christos 	{
   3837   1.1  christos 	  cur_frame_data->mask = val;
   3838   1.1  christos 	  cur_frame_data->mask_offset = offset;
   3839   1.1  christos 	}
   3840   1.1  christos     }
   3841   1.1  christos }
   3842   1.1  christos 
   3843   1.1  christos static void
   3844   1.1  christos s_alpha_frame (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3845   1.1  christos {
   3846   1.1  christos   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3847   1.1  christos     ecoff_directive_frame (0);
   3848   1.1  christos   else
   3849   1.1  christos     {
   3850   1.1  christos       long val;
   3851   1.1  christos 
   3852   1.1  christos       if (!cur_frame_data)
   3853   1.1  christos 	{
   3854   1.1  christos 	  as_warn (_(".frame outside of .ent"));
   3855   1.1  christos 	  discard_rest_of_line ();
   3856   1.1  christos 	  return;
   3857   1.1  christos 	}
   3858   1.1  christos 
   3859   1.1  christos       cur_frame_data->fp_regno = tc_get_register (1);
   3860   1.1  christos 
   3861   1.1  christos       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   3862   1.1  christos       if (*input_line_pointer++ != ','
   3863   1.1  christos 	  || get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
   3864   1.1  christos 	{
   3865   1.1  christos 	  as_warn (_("bad .frame directive"));
   3866   1.1  christos 	  --input_line_pointer;
   3867   1.1  christos 	  discard_rest_of_line ();
   3868   1.1  christos 	  return;
   3869   1.1  christos 	}
   3870   1.1  christos       cur_frame_data->frame_size = val;
   3871   1.1  christos 
   3872   1.1  christos       cur_frame_data->ra_regno = tc_get_register (0);
   3873   1.1  christos 
   3874   1.1  christos       /* Next comes the "offset of saved $a0 from $sp".  In gcc terms
   3875   1.1  christos 	 this is current_function_pretend_args_size.  There's no place
   3876   1.1  christos 	 to put this value, so ignore it.  */
   3877   1.1  christos       s_ignore (42);
   3878   1.1  christos     }
   3879   1.1  christos }
   3880   1.8  christos 
   3881   1.8  christos static void
   3882   1.1  christos s_alpha_prologue (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3883   1.1  christos {
   3884   1.1  christos   symbolS *sym;
   3885   1.1  christos   int arg;
   3886   1.1  christos 
   3887   1.1  christos   arg = get_absolute_expression ();
   3888   1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3889   1.1  christos   alpha_prologue_label = symbol_new (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, frag_now,
   3890   1.1  christos 				     frag_now_fix ());
   3891   1.1  christos 
   3892   1.1  christos   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3893   1.1  christos     sym = ecoff_get_cur_proc_sym ();
   3894   1.1  christos   else
   3895   1.1  christos     sym = cur_frame_data ? cur_frame_data->func_sym : NULL;
   3896   1.1  christos 
   3897   1.1  christos   if (sym == NULL)
   3898   1.1  christos     {
   3899   1.1  christos       as_bad (_(".prologue directive without a preceding .ent directive"));
   3900   1.1  christos       return;
   3901   1.1  christos     }
   3902   1.1  christos 
   3903   1.1  christos   switch (arg)
   3904   1.1  christos     {
   3905   1.1  christos     case 0: /* No PV required.  */
   3906   1.1  christos       S_SET_OTHER (sym, STO_ALPHA_NOPV
   3907   1.1  christos 		   | (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD));
   3908   1.1  christos       break;
   3909   1.1  christos     case 1: /* Std GP load.  */
   3910   1.1  christos       S_SET_OTHER (sym, STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD
   3911   1.1  christos 		   | (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD));
   3912   1.1  christos       break;
   3913   1.1  christos     case 2: /* Non-std use of PV.  */
   3914   1.1  christos       break;
   3915   1.1  christos 
   3916   1.1  christos     default:
   3917   1.1  christos       as_bad (_("Invalid argument %d to .prologue."), arg);
   3918   1.1  christos       break;
   3919   1.1  christos     }
   3920   1.1  christos 
   3921   1.1  christos   if (cur_frame_data)
   3922   1.1  christos     cur_frame_data->prologue_sym = symbol_temp_new_now ();
   3923   1.1  christos }
   3924   1.1  christos 
   3925   1.1  christos static char *first_file_directive;
   3926   1.1  christos 
   3927   1.1  christos static void
   3928   1.1  christos s_alpha_file (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3929   1.1  christos {
   3930   1.1  christos   /* Save the first .file directive we see, so that we can change our
   3931   1.5  christos      minds about whether ecoff debugging should or shouldn't be enabled.  */
   3932   1.1  christos   if (alpha_flag_mdebug < 0 && ! first_file_directive)
   3933   1.1  christos     {
   3934   1.1  christos       char *start = input_line_pointer;
   3935   1.1  christos       size_t len;
   3936   1.1  christos 
   3937   1.1  christos       discard_rest_of_line ();
   3938   1.1  christos 
   3939   1.1  christos       len = input_line_pointer - start;
   3940   1.1  christos       first_file_directive = xmemdup0 (start, len);
   3941   1.1  christos 
   3942   1.1  christos       input_line_pointer = start;
   3943   1.1  christos     }
   3944   1.1  christos 
   3945   1.1  christos   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3946   1.1  christos     ecoff_directive_file (0);
   3947   1.1  christos   else
   3948   1.1  christos     dwarf2_directive_file (0);
   3949   1.1  christos }
   3950   1.1  christos 
   3951   1.1  christos static void
   3952   1.1  christos s_alpha_loc (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3953   1.1  christos {
   3954   1.1  christos   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3955   1.1  christos     ecoff_directive_loc (0);
   3956   1.1  christos   else
   3957   1.1  christos     dwarf2_directive_loc (0);
   3958   1.7  christos }
   3959   1.7  christos 
   3960   1.1  christos static void
   3961   1.1  christos s_alpha_stab (int n)
   3962   1.1  christos {
   3963   1.1  christos   /* If we've been undecided about mdebug, make up our minds in favour.  */
   3964   1.1  christos   if (alpha_flag_mdebug < 0)
   3965   1.1  christos     {
   3966   1.1  christos       segT sec = subseg_new (".mdebug", 0);
   3967   1.1  christos       bfd_set_section_flags (sec, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_READONLY);
   3968   1.1  christos       bfd_set_section_alignment (sec, 3);
   3969   1.1  christos 
   3970   1.1  christos       ecoff_read_begin_hook ();
   3971   1.1  christos 
   3972   1.1  christos       if (first_file_directive)
   3973   1.1  christos 	{
   3974   1.1  christos 	  char *save_ilp = input_line_pointer;
   3975   1.1  christos 	  input_line_pointer = first_file_directive;
   3976   1.1  christos 	  ecoff_directive_file (0);
   3977   1.1  christos 	  input_line_pointer = save_ilp;
   3978   1.1  christos 	  free (first_file_directive);
   3979   1.1  christos 	}
   3980   1.1  christos 
   3981   1.1  christos       alpha_flag_mdebug = 1;
   3982   1.1  christos     }
   3983   1.1  christos   s_stab (n);
   3984   1.1  christos }
   3985   1.1  christos 
   3986   1.1  christos static void
   3987   1.1  christos s_alpha_coff_wrapper (int which)
   3988   1.1  christos {
   3989   1.1  christos   static void (* const fns[]) (int) = {
   3990   1.1  christos     ecoff_directive_begin,
   3991   1.1  christos     ecoff_directive_bend,
   3992   1.1  christos     ecoff_directive_def,
   3993   1.1  christos     ecoff_directive_dim,
   3994   1.1  christos     ecoff_directive_endef,
   3995   1.1  christos     ecoff_directive_scl,
   3996   1.1  christos     ecoff_directive_tag,
   3997   1.1  christos     ecoff_directive_val,
   3998   1.1  christos   };
   3999   1.1  christos 
   4000   1.1  christos   gas_assert (which >= 0 && which < (int) (sizeof (fns)/sizeof (*fns)));
   4001   1.1  christos 
   4002   1.1  christos   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   4003   1.1  christos     (*fns[which]) (0);
   4004   1.1  christos   else
   4005   1.1  christos     {
   4006   1.9  christos       as_bad (_("ECOFF debugging is disabled."));
   4007   1.1  christos       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4008   1.1  christos     }
   4009   1.1  christos }
   4010   1.1  christos 
   4011   1.1  christos /* Called at the end of assembly.  Here we emit unwind info for frames
   4012   1.1  christos    unless the compiler has done it for us.  */
   4013   1.1  christos 
   4014   1.1  christos void
   4015   1.1  christos alpha_elf_md_finish (void)
   4016   1.1  christos {
   4017   1.1  christos   struct alpha_elf_frame_data *p;
   4018   1.1  christos 
   4019   1.1  christos   if (cur_frame_data)
   4020   1.1  christos     as_warn (_(".ent directive without matching .end"));
   4021   1.1  christos 
   4022   1.1  christos   /* If someone has generated the unwind info themselves, great.  */
   4023   1.1  christos   if (bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, ".eh_frame") != NULL)
   4024   1.1  christos     return;
   4025   1.1  christos 
   4026   1.1  christos   /* ??? In theory we could look for functions for which we have
   4027   1.1  christos      generated unwind info via CFI directives, and those we have not.
   4028   1.1  christos      Those we have not could still get their unwind info from here.
   4029   1.1  christos      For now, do nothing if we've seen any CFI directives.  Note that
   4030   1.1  christos      the above test will not trigger, as we've not emitted data yet.  */
   4031   1.1  christos   if (all_fde_data != NULL)
   4032   1.8  christos     return;
   4033  1.10  christos 
   4034  1.10  christos   /* Generate .eh_frame data for the unwind directives specified.  */
   4035   1.1  christos   for (p = all_frame_data; p ; p = p->next)
   4036   1.3  christos     if (p->prologue_sym)
   4037   1.1  christos       {
   4038   1.1  christos 	/* Create a temporary symbol at the same location as our
   4039   1.1  christos 	   function symbol.  This prevents problems with globals.  */
   4040   1.1  christos 	cfi_new_fde (symbol_temp_new (S_GET_SEGMENT (p->func_sym),
   4041   1.1  christos 				      symbol_get_frag (p->func_sym),
   4042   1.1  christos 				      S_GET_VALUE (p->func_sym)),
   4043   1.1  christos 		     false);
   4044   1.1  christos 
   4045   1.1  christos 	cfi_set_sections ();
   4046   1.1  christos 	cfi_set_return_column (p->ra_regno);
   4047   1.1  christos 	cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (30);
   4048   1.1  christos 	if (p->fp_regno != 30 || p->mask || p->fmask || p->frame_size)
   4049   1.1  christos 	  {
   4050   1.1  christos 	    unsigned int mask;
   4051   1.1  christos 	    offsetT offset;
   4052   1.1  christos 
   4053   1.1  christos 	    cfi_add_advance_loc (p->prologue_sym);
   4054   1.1  christos 
   4055   1.1  christos 	    if (p->fp_regno != 30)
   4056   1.1  christos 	      if (p->frame_size != 0)
   4057   1.1  christos 		cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (p->fp_regno, p->frame_size);
   4058   1.1  christos 	      else
   4059   1.1  christos 		cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (p->fp_regno);
   4060   1.1  christos 	    else if (p->frame_size != 0)
   4061   1.1  christos 	      cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_offset (p->frame_size);
   4062   1.1  christos 
   4063   1.1  christos 	    mask = p->mask;
   4064   1.1  christos 	    offset = p->mask_offset;
   4065   1.1  christos 
   4066   1.1  christos 	    /* Recall that $26 is special-cased and stored first.  */
   4067   1.1  christos 	    if ((mask >> 26) & 1)
   4068   1.1  christos 	      {
   4069   1.1  christos 	        cfi_add_CFA_offset (26, offset);
   4070   1.1  christos 		offset += 8;
   4071   1.1  christos 		mask &= ~(1 << 26);
   4072   1.1  christos 	      }
   4073   1.1  christos 	    while (mask)
   4074   1.1  christos 	      {
   4075   1.1  christos 		unsigned int i;
   4076   1.1  christos 		i = mask & -mask;
   4077   1.1  christos 		mask ^= i;
   4078   1.1  christos 		i = ffs (i) - 1;
   4079   1.1  christos 
   4080   1.1  christos 		cfi_add_CFA_offset (i, offset);
   4081   1.1  christos 		offset += 8;
   4082   1.1  christos 	      }
   4083   1.1  christos 
   4084   1.1  christos 	    mask = p->fmask;
   4085   1.1  christos 	    offset = p->fmask_offset;
   4086   1.1  christos 	    while (mask)
   4087   1.1  christos 	      {
   4088   1.1  christos 		unsigned int i;
   4089   1.1  christos 		i = mask & -mask;
   4090   1.1  christos 		mask ^= i;
   4091   1.1  christos 		i = ffs (i) - 1;
   4092   1.1  christos 
   4093   1.1  christos 		cfi_add_CFA_offset (i + 32, offset);
   4094   1.1  christos 		offset += 8;
   4095   1.1  christos 	      }
   4096   1.1  christos 	  }
   4097   1.1  christos 
   4098   1.1  christos 	cfi_end_fde (p->func_end_sym);
   4099   1.1  christos       }
   4100   1.1  christos }
   4101   1.3  christos 
   4102   1.1  christos static void
   4103   1.1  christos s_alpha_usepv (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4104   1.1  christos {
   4105   1.1  christos   char *name, name_end;
   4106   1.3  christos   char *which, which_end;
   4107   1.1  christos   symbolS *sym;
   4108   1.1  christos   int other;
   4109   1.1  christos 
   4110   1.1  christos   name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
   4111   1.1  christos 
   4112   1.3  christos   if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
   4113  1.10  christos     {
   4114   1.3  christos       as_bad (_(".usepv directive has no name"));
   4115   1.1  christos       (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   4116   1.1  christos       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4117   1.1  christos       return;
   4118   1.1  christos     }
   4119   1.1  christos 
   4120   1.1  christos   sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
   4121   1.1  christos   name_end = restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   4122   1.1  christos   if (! is_end_of_stmt (name_end))
   4123   1.1  christos     input_line_pointer++;
   4124   1.3  christos 
   4125   1.3  christos   if (name_end != ',')
   4126   1.1  christos     {
   4127   1.1  christos       as_bad (_(".usepv directive has no type"));
   4128   1.1  christos       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4129   1.1  christos       return;
   4130   1.1  christos     }
   4131   1.1  christos 
   4132   1.1  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4133   1.1  christos 
   4134   1.1  christos   which_end = get_symbol_name (&which);
   4135   1.1  christos 
   4136   1.1  christos   if (strcmp (which, "no") == 0)
   4137   1.3  christos     other = STO_ALPHA_NOPV;
   4138   1.1  christos   else if (strcmp (which, "std") == 0)
   4139   1.1  christos     other = STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD;
   4140   1.1  christos   else
   4141   1.1  christos     {
   4142   1.1  christos       as_bad (_("unknown argument for .usepv"));
   4143   1.1  christos       other = 0;
   4144   1.1  christos     }
   4145   1.1  christos 
   4146   1.1  christos   (void) restore_line_pointer (which_end);
   4147   1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4148   1.1  christos 
   4149   1.1  christos   S_SET_OTHER (sym, other | (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD));
   4150   1.1  christos }
   4151   1.1  christos #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
   4152   1.1  christos 
   4153   1.1  christos /* Standard calling conventions leaves the CFA at $30 on entry.  */
   4154   1.1  christos 
   4155   1.5  christos void
   4156   1.1  christos alpha_cfi_frame_initial_instructions (void)
   4157   1.1  christos {
   4158   1.1  christos   cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (30);
   4159   1.1  christos }
   4160   1.1  christos 
   4161   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   4162   1.1  christos 
   4163   1.1  christos /* Get name of section.  */
   4164   1.1  christos static const char *
   4165   1.1  christos s_alpha_section_name (void)
   4166   1.1  christos {
   4167   1.1  christos   char *name;
   4168   1.1  christos 
   4169   1.1  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4170   1.1  christos   if (*input_line_pointer == '"')
   4171   1.1  christos     {
   4172   1.1  christos       int dummy;
   4173   1.1  christos 
   4174   1.1  christos       name = demand_copy_C_string (&dummy);
   4175   1.1  christos       if (name == NULL)
   4176  1.10  christos 	{
   4177   1.1  christos 	  ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4178   1.1  christos 	  return NULL;
   4179   1.1  christos 	}
   4180   1.1  christos     }
   4181   1.1  christos   else
   4182   1.1  christos     {
   4183   1.1  christos       char *end = input_line_pointer;
   4184   1.1  christos 
   4185   1.5  christos       while (!is_whitespace (*end) && !is_end_of_stmt (*end) && *end != ',')
   4186   1.1  christos 	end++;
   4187   1.1  christos       if (end == input_line_pointer)
   4188   1.1  christos 	{
   4189   1.1  christos 	  as_warn (_("missing name"));
   4190   1.1  christos 	  ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4191   1.1  christos 	  return NULL;
   4192   1.1  christos 	}
   4193   1.1  christos 
   4194   1.1  christos       name = xmemdup0 (input_line_pointer, end - input_line_pointer);
   4195   1.1  christos       input_line_pointer = end;
   4196   1.1  christos     }
   4197   1.1  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4198   1.1  christos   return name;
   4199   1.1  christos }
   4200   1.1  christos 
   4201   1.1  christos /* Put clear/set flags in one flagword.  The LSBs are flags to be set,
   4202   1.1  christos    the MSBs are the flags to be cleared.  */
   4203   1.1  christos 
   4204   1.1  christos #define EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT 16
   4205   1.1  christos #define EGPS__V_MASK	 0xffff
   4206   1.8  christos 
   4207   1.1  christos /* Parse one VMS section flag.  */
   4208   1.1  christos 
   4209   1.1  christos static flagword
   4210   1.3  christos s_alpha_section_word (char *str, size_t len)
   4211   1.1  christos {
   4212   1.1  christos   int no = 0;
   4213   1.1  christos   flagword flag = 0;
   4214   1.1  christos 
   4215   1.8  christos   if (len == 5 && startswith (str, "NO"))
   4216   1.1  christos     {
   4217   1.8  christos       no = 1;
   4218   1.1  christos       str += 2;
   4219   1.8  christos       len -= 2;
   4220   1.1  christos     }
   4221   1.8  christos 
   4222   1.1  christos   if (len == 3)
   4223   1.8  christos     {
   4224   1.1  christos       if (startswith (str, "PIC"))
   4225   1.8  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_PIC;
   4226   1.1  christos       else if (startswith (str, "LIB"))
   4227   1.8  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_LIB;
   4228   1.1  christos       else if (startswith (str, "OVR"))
   4229   1.8  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_OVR;
   4230   1.1  christos       else if (startswith (str, "REL"))
   4231   1.8  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_REL;
   4232   1.1  christos       else if (startswith (str, "GBL"))
   4233   1.8  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_GBL;
   4234   1.1  christos       else if (startswith (str, "SHR"))
   4235   1.1  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_SHR;
   4236   1.1  christos       else if (startswith (str, "EXE"))
   4237   1.1  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_EXE;
   4238   1.8  christos       else if (startswith (str, "WRT"))
   4239   1.1  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_WRT;
   4240   1.1  christos       else if (startswith (str, "VEC"))
   4241   1.1  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_VEC;
   4242   1.1  christos       else if (startswith (str, "MOD"))
   4243   1.1  christos 	{
   4244   1.1  christos 	  flag = no ? EGPS__V_NOMOD : EGPS__V_NOMOD << EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT;
   4245   1.1  christos 	  no = 0;
   4246   1.1  christos 	}
   4247   1.1  christos       else if (startswith (str, "COM"))
   4248   1.1  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_COM;
   4249   1.1  christos     }
   4250   1.1  christos 
   4251   1.1  christos   if (flag == 0)
   4252   1.1  christos     {
   4253   1.1  christos       char c = str[len];
   4254   1.1  christos       str[len] = 0;
   4255   1.1  christos       as_warn (_("unknown section attribute %s"), str);
   4256   1.1  christos       str[len] = c;
   4257   1.1  christos       return 0;
   4258   1.1  christos     }
   4259   1.1  christos 
   4260   1.1  christos   if (no)
   4261   1.5  christos     return flag << EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT;
   4262   1.1  christos   else
   4263   1.1  christos     return flag;
   4264   1.1  christos }
   4265   1.1  christos 
   4266   1.1  christos /* Handle the section specific pseudo-op.  */
   4267   1.5  christos 
   4268   1.5  christos #define EVAX_SECTION_COUNT 5
   4269   1.1  christos 
   4270   1.1  christos static const char *section_name[EVAX_SECTION_COUNT + 1] =
   4271   1.1  christos   { "NULL", ".rdata", ".comm", ".link", ".ctors", ".dtors" };
   4272   1.1  christos 
   4273   1.1  christos static void
   4274   1.1  christos s_alpha_section (int secid)
   4275   1.1  christos {
   4276   1.1  christos   const char *name;
   4277   1.1  christos   char *beg;
   4278   1.1  christos   segT sec;
   4279   1.1  christos   flagword vms_flags = 0;
   4280   1.1  christos   symbolS *symbol;
   4281   1.1  christos 
   4282   1.1  christos   if (secid == 0)
   4283   1.1  christos     {
   4284   1.1  christos       name = s_alpha_section_name ();
   4285   1.1  christos       if (name == NULL)
   4286   1.1  christos         return;
   4287   1.1  christos       sec = subseg_new (name, 0);
   4288   1.1  christos       if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
   4289   1.1  christos         {
   4290   1.3  christos           /* Skip the comma.  */
   4291  1.10  christos           ++input_line_pointer;
   4292   1.1  christos           SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4293   1.1  christos 
   4294   1.1  christos      	  do
   4295  1.10  christos      	    {
   4296   1.1  christos      	      char c;
   4297   1.1  christos 
   4298   1.3  christos      	      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4299   1.1  christos      	      c = get_symbol_name (&beg);
   4300   1.1  christos      	      restore_line_pointer (c);
   4301   1.1  christos 
   4302   1.1  christos      	      vms_flags |= s_alpha_section_word (beg, input_line_pointer - beg);
   4303   1.1  christos 
   4304   1.1  christos      	      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4305   1.1  christos      	    }
   4306   1.1  christos      	  while (*input_line_pointer++ == ',');
   4307   1.1  christos 
   4308   1.1  christos      	  --input_line_pointer;
   4309   1.1  christos         }
   4310   1.1  christos 
   4311   1.1  christos 	symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
   4312   1.1  christos 	S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, sec);
   4313   1.1  christos 	symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_SECTION_SYM;
   4314   1.1  christos         bfd_vms_set_section_flags
   4315   1.1  christos           (stdoutput, sec,
   4316   1.1  christos            (vms_flags >> EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT) & EGPS__V_MASK,
   4317   1.1  christos            vms_flags & EGPS__V_MASK);
   4318   1.1  christos     }
   4319   1.1  christos   else
   4320   1.1  christos     {
   4321   1.1  christos       get_absolute_expression ();
   4322   1.1  christos       subseg_new (section_name[secid], 0);
   4323   1.1  christos     }
   4324   1.1  christos 
   4325   1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4326   1.1  christos   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   4327   1.1  christos   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   4328   1.1  christos   alpha_current_align = 0;
   4329   1.1  christos }
   4330   1.1  christos 
   4331   1.1  christos static void
   4332   1.1  christos s_alpha_literals (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4333   1.1  christos {
   4334   1.1  christos   subseg_new (".literals", 0);
   4335   1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4336   1.1  christos   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   4337   1.1  christos   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   4338   1.1  christos   alpha_current_align = 0;
   4339   1.1  christos }
   4340   1.1  christos 
   4341   1.1  christos /* Parse .ent directives.  */
   4342   1.1  christos 
   4343   1.1  christos static void
   4344   1.1  christos s_alpha_ent (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4345   1.1  christos {
   4346   1.1  christos   symbolS *symbol;
   4347   1.1  christos   expressionS symexpr;
   4348   1.1  christos 
   4349   1.1  christos   if (alpha_evax_proc != NULL)
   4350   1.1  christos     as_bad (_("previous .ent not closed by a .end"));
   4351   1.1  christos 
   4352   1.1  christos   alpha_evax_proc = &alpha_evax_proc_data;
   4353   1.1  christos 
   4354   1.1  christos   alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = 0;
   4355   1.1  christos   alpha_evax_proc->framereg = -1;
   4356   1.1  christos   alpha_evax_proc->framesize = 0;
   4357   1.1  christos   alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset = 0;
   4358   1.1  christos   alpha_evax_proc->ra_save = AXP_REG_RA;
   4359   1.1  christos   alpha_evax_proc->fp_save = -1;
   4360   1.1  christos   alpha_evax_proc->imask = 0;
   4361   1.1  christos   alpha_evax_proc->fmask = 0;
   4362   1.1  christos   alpha_evax_proc->prologue = 0;
   4363   1.1  christos   alpha_evax_proc->type = 0;
   4364   1.1  christos   alpha_evax_proc->handler = 0;
   4365   1.1  christos   alpha_evax_proc->handler_data = 0;
   4366   1.1  christos 
   4367   1.1  christos   expression (&symexpr);
   4368   1.1  christos 
   4369   1.1  christos   if (symexpr.X_op != O_symbol)
   4370   1.1  christos     {
   4371   1.1  christos       as_fatal (_(".ent directive has no symbol"));
   4372   1.1  christos       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4373   1.1  christos       return;
   4374   1.1  christos     }
   4375   1.1  christos 
   4376   1.1  christos   symbol = make_expr_symbol (&symexpr);
   4377   1.1  christos   symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
   4378   1.1  christos   alpha_evax_proc->symbol = symbol;
   4379   1.1  christos 
   4380   1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4381   1.1  christos }
   4382   1.3  christos 
   4383   1.3  christos static void
   4384   1.1  christos s_alpha_handler (int is_data)
   4385   1.1  christos {
   4386   1.1  christos   if (is_data)
   4387   1.1  christos     alpha_evax_proc->handler_data = get_absolute_expression ();
   4388   1.1  christos   else
   4389   1.1  christos     {
   4390   1.1  christos       char *name, name_end;
   4391   1.1  christos 
   4392   1.1  christos       name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
   4393   1.1  christos 
   4394   1.1  christos       if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
   4395   1.1  christos 	{
   4396   1.1  christos 	  as_warn (_(".handler directive has no name"));
   4397   1.3  christos 	}
   4398   1.3  christos       else
   4399   1.3  christos 	{
   4400   1.3  christos 	  symbolS *sym;
   4401   1.1  christos 
   4402   1.1  christos 	  sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
   4403   1.1  christos 	  symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
   4404   1.1  christos 	  alpha_evax_proc->handler = sym;
   4405   1.1  christos 	}
   4406   1.1  christos 
   4407   1.1  christos       (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   4408   1.1  christos     }
   4409   1.1  christos 
   4410   1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4411   1.1  christos }
   4412   1.1  christos 
   4413   1.1  christos /* Parse .frame <framreg>,<framesize>,RA,<rsa_offset> directives.  */
   4414   1.1  christos 
   4415   1.1  christos static void
   4416   1.1  christos s_alpha_frame (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4417   1.1  christos {
   4418   1.1  christos   long val;
   4419   1.1  christos   int ra;
   4420   1.1  christos 
   4421   1.1  christos   alpha_evax_proc->framereg = tc_get_register (1);
   4422   1.1  christos 
   4423   1.1  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4424   1.1  christos   if (*input_line_pointer++ != ','
   4425   1.1  christos       || get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
   4426   1.1  christos     {
   4427   1.1  christos       as_warn (_("Bad .frame directive 1./2. param"));
   4428   1.1  christos       --input_line_pointer;
   4429   1.1  christos       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4430   1.1  christos       return;
   4431   1.1  christos     }
   4432   1.1  christos 
   4433   1.1  christos   alpha_evax_proc->framesize = val;
   4434   1.1  christos 
   4435   1.1  christos   ra = tc_get_register (1);
   4436   1.1  christos   if (ra != AXP_REG_RA)
   4437   1.1  christos     as_warn (_("Bad RA (%d) register for .frame"), ra);
   4438   1.1  christos 
   4439   1.1  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4440   1.1  christos   if (*input_line_pointer++ != ',')
   4441   1.1  christos     {
   4442   1.1  christos       as_warn (_("Bad .frame directive 3./4. param"));
   4443   1.1  christos       --input_line_pointer;
   4444   1.1  christos       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4445   1.1  christos       return;
   4446   1.1  christos     }
   4447   1.8  christos   alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset = get_absolute_expression ();
   4448   1.8  christos }
   4449   1.1  christos 
   4450   1.1  christos /* Parse .prologue.  */
   4451   1.1  christos 
   4452   1.1  christos static void
   4453   1.1  christos s_alpha_prologue (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4454   1.1  christos {
   4455   1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4456   1.1  christos   alpha_prologue_label = symbol_new (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, frag_now,
   4457   1.1  christos 				     frag_now_fix ());
   4458   1.1  christos }
   4459   1.3  christos 
   4460   1.1  christos /* Parse .pdesc <entry_name>,{null|stack|reg}
   4461   1.1  christos    Insert a procedure descriptor.  */
   4462   1.1  christos 
   4463   1.1  christos static void
   4464   1.1  christos s_alpha_pdesc (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4465   1.1  christos {
   4466   1.1  christos   char *name;
   4467   1.1  christos   char name_end;
   4468   1.1  christos   char *p;
   4469   1.1  christos   expressionS exp;
   4470   1.1  christos   symbolS *entry_sym;
   4471   1.1  christos   const char *entry_sym_name;
   4472   1.1  christos   const char *pdesc_sym_name;
   4473   1.1  christos   fixS *fixp;
   4474   1.1  christos   size_t len;
   4475   1.1  christos 
   4476   1.1  christos   if (now_seg != alpha_link_section)
   4477   1.1  christos     {
   4478   1.1  christos       as_bad (_(".pdesc directive not in link (.link) section"));
   4479   1.3  christos       return;
   4480   1.1  christos     }
   4481   1.1  christos 
   4482   1.3  christos   expression (&exp);
   4483   1.1  christos   if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
   4484   1.1  christos     {
   4485   1.1  christos       as_bad (_(".pdesc directive has no entry symbol"));
   4486   1.1  christos       return;
   4487   1.1  christos     }
   4488   1.1  christos 
   4489   1.1  christos   entry_sym = make_expr_symbol (&exp);
   4490   1.1  christos   entry_sym_name = S_GET_NAME (entry_sym);
   4491   1.1  christos 
   4492   1.1  christos   /* Strip "..en".  */
   4493   1.1  christos   len = strlen (entry_sym_name);
   4494   1.1  christos   if (len < 4 || strcmp (entry_sym_name + len - 4, "..en") != 0)
   4495   1.1  christos     {
   4496   1.1  christos       as_bad (_(".pdesc has a bad entry symbol"));
   4497   1.1  christos       return;
   4498   1.1  christos     }
   4499   1.1  christos   len -= 4;
   4500   1.1  christos   pdesc_sym_name = S_GET_NAME (alpha_evax_proc->symbol);
   4501   1.1  christos 
   4502   1.1  christos   if (!alpha_evax_proc
   4503   1.1  christos       || !S_IS_DEFINED (alpha_evax_proc->symbol)
   4504   1.3  christos       || strlen (pdesc_sym_name) != len
   4505   1.1  christos       || memcmp (entry_sym_name, pdesc_sym_name, len) != 0)
   4506   1.1  christos     {
   4507   1.1  christos       as_fatal (_(".pdesc doesn't match with last .ent"));
   4508   1.1  christos       return;
   4509   1.3  christos     }
   4510   1.1  christos 
   4511   1.1  christos   /* Define pdesc symbol.  */
   4512   1.1  christos   symbol_set_value_now (alpha_evax_proc->symbol);
   4513   1.1  christos 
   4514   1.1  christos   /* Save bfd symbol of proc entry in function symbol.  */
   4515   1.1  christos   ((struct evax_private_udata_struct *)
   4516   1.1  christos      symbol_get_bfdsym (alpha_evax_proc->symbol)->udata.p)->enbsym
   4517   1.1  christos        = symbol_get_bfdsym (entry_sym);
   4518   1.1  christos 
   4519   1.3  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4520   1.1  christos   if (*input_line_pointer++ != ',')
   4521   1.8  christos     {
   4522   1.1  christos       as_warn (_("No comma after .pdesc <entryname>"));
   4523   1.1  christos       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4524   1.8  christos       return;
   4525   1.1  christos     }
   4526   1.1  christos 
   4527   1.8  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4528   1.1  christos   name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
   4529   1.1  christos 
   4530   1.1  christos   if (startswith (name, "stack"))
   4531   1.1  christos     alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_STACK;
   4532   1.3  christos 
   4533   1.1  christos   else if (startswith (name, "reg"))
   4534   1.1  christos     alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER;
   4535   1.1  christos 
   4536   1.1  christos   else if (startswith (name, "null"))
   4537   1.1  christos     alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL;
   4538   1.3  christos 
   4539   1.1  christos   else
   4540   1.1  christos     {
   4541   1.1  christos       (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   4542   1.1  christos       as_fatal (_("unknown procedure kind"));
   4543   1.1  christos       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4544   1.1  christos       return;
   4545   1.1  christos     }
   4546   1.1  christos 
   4547   1.1  christos   (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   4548   1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4549   1.1  christos 
   4550   1.1  christos #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
   4551   1.1  christos   md_flush_pending_output ();
   4552   1.1  christos #endif
   4553   1.1  christos 
   4554   1.1  christos   frag_align (3, 0, 0);
   4555   1.1  christos   p = frag_more (16);
   4556   1.1  christos   fixp = fix_new (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0);
   4557   1.1  christos   fixp->fx_done = 1;
   4558   1.1  christos 
   4559   1.1  christos   *p = alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind
   4560   1.1  christos     | ((alpha_evax_proc->framereg == 29) ? PDSC_S_M_BASE_REG_IS_FP : 0)
   4561   1.1  christos     | ((alpha_evax_proc->handler) ? PDSC_S_M_HANDLER_VALID : 0)
   4562   1.1  christos     | ((alpha_evax_proc->handler_data) ? PDSC_S_M_HANDLER_DATA_VALID : 0);
   4563   1.1  christos   *(p + 1) = PDSC_S_M_NATIVE | PDSC_S_M_NO_JACKET;
   4564   1.1  christos 
   4565   1.1  christos   switch (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind)
   4566   1.1  christos     {
   4567  1.10  christos     case PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL:
   4568   1.1  christos       *(p + 2) = 0;
   4569   1.1  christos       *(p + 3) = 0;
   4570   1.1  christos       break;
   4571   1.1  christos     case PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER:
   4572   1.1  christos       *(p + 2) = alpha_evax_proc->fp_save;
   4573   1.1  christos       *(p + 3) = alpha_evax_proc->ra_save;
   4574   1.1  christos       break;
   4575   1.1  christos     case PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_STACK:
   4576   1.1  christos       md_number_to_chars (p + 2, alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset, 2);
   4577  1.10  christos       break;
   4578   1.1  christos     default:		/* impossible */
   4579   1.1  christos       break;
   4580   1.1  christos     }
   4581   1.1  christos 
   4582   1.1  christos   *(p + 4) = 0;
   4583   1.1  christos   *(p + 5) = alpha_evax_proc->type & 0x0f;
   4584   1.1  christos 
   4585   1.1  christos   /* Signature offset.  */
   4586   1.1  christos   md_number_to_chars (p + 6, 0, 2);
   4587  1.10  christos 
   4588  1.10  christos   fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal + 8,
   4589   1.1  christos                8, &exp, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
   4590   1.1  christos 
   4591   1.1  christos   if (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind == PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL)
   4592   1.1  christos     return;
   4593   1.1  christos 
   4594   1.1  christos   /* pdesc+16: Size.  */
   4595   1.1  christos   p = frag_more (6);
   4596   1.1  christos   md_number_to_chars (p, alpha_evax_proc->framesize, 4);
   4597   1.1  christos   md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 2);
   4598   1.1  christos 
   4599   1.1  christos   /* Entry length.  */
   4600   1.1  christos   exp.X_op = O_subtract;
   4601   1.1  christos   exp.X_add_symbol = alpha_prologue_label;
   4602   1.1  christos   exp.X_op_symbol = entry_sym;
   4603   1.1  christos   emit_expr (&exp, 2);
   4604   1.1  christos 
   4605   1.1  christos   if (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind == PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER)
   4606   1.1  christos     return;
   4607   1.1  christos 
   4608   1.1  christos   /* pdesc+24: register masks.  */
   4609   1.1  christos   p = frag_more (8);
   4610   1.1  christos   md_number_to_chars (p, alpha_evax_proc->imask, 4);
   4611   1.1  christos   md_number_to_chars (p + 4, alpha_evax_proc->fmask, 4);
   4612   1.1  christos 
   4613   1.1  christos   if (alpha_evax_proc->handler)
   4614   1.1  christos     {
   4615   1.1  christos       p = frag_more (8);
   4616   1.1  christos       fixp = fix_new (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8,
   4617   1.1  christos 	              alpha_evax_proc->handler, 0, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
   4618   1.1  christos     }
   4619   1.1  christos 
   4620   1.1  christos   if (alpha_evax_proc->handler_data)
   4621   1.1  christos     {
   4622   1.1  christos       p = frag_more (8);
   4623   1.1  christos       md_number_to_chars (p, alpha_evax_proc->handler_data, 8);
   4624   1.1  christos     }
   4625   1.1  christos }
   4626   1.1  christos 
   4627   1.1  christos /* Support for crash debug on vms.  */
   4628   1.1  christos 
   4629   1.1  christos static void
   4630   1.1  christos s_alpha_name (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4631   1.1  christos {
   4632   1.1  christos   char *p;
   4633   1.1  christos   expressionS exp;
   4634   1.1  christos 
   4635   1.1  christos   if (now_seg != alpha_link_section)
   4636   1.1  christos     {
   4637   1.1  christos       as_bad (_(".name directive not in link (.link) section"));
   4638   1.1  christos       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4639   1.1  christos       return;
   4640   1.1  christos     }
   4641   1.1  christos 
   4642   1.1  christos   expression (&exp);
   4643   1.1  christos   if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
   4644   1.1  christos     {
   4645   1.1  christos       as_warn (_(".name directive has no symbol"));
   4646   1.1  christos       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4647   1.1  christos       return;
   4648   1.1  christos     }
   4649   1.1  christos 
   4650   1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4651   1.1  christos 
   4652   1.1  christos #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
   4653   1.1  christos   md_flush_pending_output ();
   4654   1.1  christos #endif
   4655   1.1  christos 
   4656   1.1  christos   frag_align (3, 0, 0);
   4657   1.1  christos   p = frag_more (8);
   4658   1.1  christos 
   4659   1.1  christos   fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, &exp, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
   4660   1.1  christos }
   4661   1.1  christos 
   4662   1.1  christos /* Parse .linkage <symbol>.
   4663   1.1  christos    Create a linkage pair relocation.  */
   4664   1.1  christos 
   4665   1.1  christos static void
   4666   1.1  christos s_alpha_linkage (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4667   1.1  christos {
   4668   1.1  christos   expressionS exp;
   4669   1.1  christos   char *p;
   4670   1.1  christos   fixS *fixp;
   4671   1.1  christos 
   4672   1.1  christos #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
   4673   1.1  christos   md_flush_pending_output ();
   4674   1.1  christos #endif
   4675   1.3  christos 
   4676   1.1  christos   expression (&exp);
   4677   1.1  christos   if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
   4678   1.1  christos     {
   4679   1.1  christos       as_fatal (_("No symbol after .linkage"));
   4680   1.1  christos     }
   4681   1.1  christos   else
   4682   1.1  christos     {
   4683   1.8  christos       struct alpha_linkage_fixups *linkage_fixup;
   4684   1.8  christos 
   4685   1.1  christos       p = frag_more (LKP_S_K_SIZE);
   4686   1.1  christos       memset (p, 0, LKP_S_K_SIZE);
   4687   1.5  christos       fixp = fix_new_exp
   4688   1.1  christos 	(frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, LKP_S_K_SIZE, &exp, 0,
   4689   1.1  christos 	 BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE);
   4690   1.1  christos 
   4691   1.1  christos       if (alpha_insn_label == NULL)
   4692   1.1  christos 	alpha_insn_label = symbol_new (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, frag_now,
   4693   1.1  christos 				       frag_now_fix ());
   4694   1.1  christos 
   4695   1.1  christos       /* Create a linkage element.  */
   4696   1.1  christos       linkage_fixup = XNEW (struct alpha_linkage_fixups);
   4697   1.1  christos       linkage_fixup->fixp = fixp;
   4698   1.1  christos       linkage_fixup->next = NULL;
   4699   1.1  christos       linkage_fixup->label = alpha_insn_label;
   4700   1.1  christos 
   4701   1.1  christos       /* Append it to the list.  */
   4702   1.1  christos       if (alpha_linkage_fixup_root == NULL)
   4703   1.1  christos         alpha_linkage_fixup_root = linkage_fixup;
   4704   1.1  christos       else
   4705   1.1  christos         alpha_linkage_fixup_tail->next = linkage_fixup;
   4706   1.1  christos       alpha_linkage_fixup_tail = linkage_fixup;
   4707   1.1  christos     }
   4708   1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4709   1.1  christos }
   4710   1.1  christos 
   4711   1.1  christos /* Parse .code_address <symbol>.
   4712   1.1  christos    Create a code address relocation.  */
   4713   1.1  christos 
   4714   1.1  christos static void
   4715   1.1  christos s_alpha_code_address (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4716   1.1  christos {
   4717   1.1  christos   expressionS exp;
   4718   1.1  christos   char *p;
   4719   1.1  christos 
   4720   1.1  christos #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
   4721   1.1  christos   md_flush_pending_output ();
   4722   1.1  christos #endif
   4723   1.1  christos 
   4724   1.1  christos   expression (&exp);
   4725   1.1  christos   if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
   4726   1.1  christos     as_fatal (_("No symbol after .code_address"));
   4727   1.1  christos   else
   4728   1.1  christos     {
   4729   1.1  christos       p = frag_more (8);
   4730   1.1  christos       memset (p, 0, 8);
   4731   1.1  christos       fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, &exp, 0,\
   4732   1.1  christos 		   BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR);
   4733   1.1  christos     }
   4734   1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4735   1.1  christos }
   4736   1.1  christos 
   4737   1.1  christos static void
   4738   1.1  christos s_alpha_fp_save (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4739   1.1  christos {
   4740   1.1  christos   alpha_evax_proc->fp_save = tc_get_register (1);
   4741   1.1  christos 
   4742   1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4743   1.1  christos }
   4744   1.1  christos 
   4745   1.1  christos static void
   4746   1.1  christos s_alpha_mask (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4747   1.1  christos {
   4748   1.1  christos   long val;
   4749   1.1  christos 
   4750   1.1  christos   if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
   4751   1.1  christos     {
   4752   1.1  christos       as_warn (_("Bad .mask directive"));
   4753   1.1  christos       --input_line_pointer;
   4754   1.1  christos     }
   4755   1.1  christos   else
   4756   1.1  christos     {
   4757   1.1  christos       alpha_evax_proc->imask = val;
   4758   1.1  christos       (void) get_absolute_expression ();
   4759   1.1  christos     }
   4760   1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4761   1.1  christos }
   4762   1.1  christos 
   4763   1.1  christos static void
   4764   1.1  christos s_alpha_fmask (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4765   1.1  christos {
   4766   1.1  christos   long val;
   4767   1.1  christos 
   4768   1.1  christos   if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
   4769   1.1  christos     {
   4770   1.1  christos       as_warn (_("Bad .fmask directive"));
   4771   1.1  christos       --input_line_pointer;
   4772   1.1  christos     }
   4773   1.1  christos   else
   4774   1.1  christos     {
   4775   1.3  christos       alpha_evax_proc->fmask = val;
   4776   1.1  christos       (void) get_absolute_expression ();
   4777   1.1  christos     }
   4778   1.3  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4779   1.3  christos }
   4780   1.1  christos 
   4781   1.1  christos static void
   4782   1.1  christos s_alpha_end (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4783   1.1  christos {
   4784   1.1  christos   char *name;
   4785   1.1  christos   char c;
   4786   1.1  christos 
   4787   1.1  christos   c = get_symbol_name (&name);
   4788   1.1  christos   (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
   4789   1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4790   1.1  christos   alpha_evax_proc = NULL;
   4791   1.1  christos }
   4792   1.1  christos 
   4793   1.1  christos static void
   4794   1.1  christos s_alpha_file (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4795   1.1  christos {
   4796   1.1  christos   symbolS *s;
   4797   1.1  christos   int length;
   4798   1.1  christos   static char case_hack[32];
   4799   1.1  christos 
   4800   1.1  christos   sprintf (case_hack, "<CASE:%01d%01d>",
   4801   1.1  christos 	   alpha_flag_hash_long_names, alpha_flag_show_after_trunc);
   4802   1.1  christos 
   4803   1.1  christos   s = symbol_find_or_make (case_hack);
   4804   1.1  christos   symbol_get_bfdsym (s)->flags |= BSF_FILE;
   4805   1.1  christos 
   4806   1.1  christos   get_absolute_expression ();
   4807   1.1  christos   s = symbol_find_or_make (demand_copy_string (&length));
   4808   1.1  christos   symbol_get_bfdsym (s)->flags |= BSF_FILE;
   4809   1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4810   1.1  christos }
   4811   1.1  christos #endif /* OBJ_EVAX  */
   4812   1.1  christos 
   4813   1.1  christos /* Handle the .gprel32 pseudo op.  */
   4814   1.1  christos 
   4815   1.1  christos static void
   4816   1.1  christos s_alpha_gprel32 (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4817   1.1  christos {
   4818   1.1  christos   expressionS e;
   4819   1.1  christos   char *p;
   4820   1.1  christos 
   4821   1.1  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4822   1.1  christos   expression (&e);
   4823   1.1  christos 
   4824   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   4825   1.1  christos   switch (e.X_op)
   4826   1.1  christos     {
   4827   1.1  christos     case O_constant:
   4828   1.1  christos       e.X_add_symbol = section_symbol (absolute_section);
   4829   1.1  christos       e.X_op = O_symbol;
   4830   1.1  christos       /* FALLTHRU */
   4831   1.1  christos     case O_symbol:
   4832   1.1  christos       break;
   4833   1.1  christos     default:
   4834   1.1  christos       abort ();
   4835   1.1  christos     }
   4836   1.1  christos #else
   4837   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   4838   1.1  christos   switch (e.X_op)
   4839   1.1  christos     {
   4840   1.1  christos     case O_constant:
   4841   1.1  christos       e.X_add_symbol = section_symbol (absolute_section);
   4842   1.1  christos       /* fall through */
   4843   1.1  christos     case O_symbol:
   4844   1.1  christos       e.X_op = O_subtract;
   4845  1.10  christos       e.X_op_symbol = alpha_gp_symbol;
   4846   1.1  christos       break;
   4847   1.1  christos     default:
   4848   1.1  christos       abort ();
   4849   1.1  christos     }
   4850   1.1  christos #endif
   4851   1.1  christos #endif
   4852   1.1  christos 
   4853   1.1  christos   if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < 2)
   4854   1.1  christos     alpha_align (2, NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
   4855   1.1  christos   if (alpha_current_align > 2)
   4856   1.1  christos     alpha_current_align = 2;
   4857   1.6  christos   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   4858   1.1  christos 
   4859   1.1  christos   p = frag_more (4);
   4860   1.1  christos   memset (p, 0, 4);
   4861   1.1  christos   fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
   4862   1.1  christos 	       &e, 0, BFD_RELOC_GPREL32);
   4863   1.1  christos }
   4864   1.1  christos 
   4865   1.1  christos /* Handle floating point allocation pseudo-ops.  This is like the
   4866   1.1  christos    generic version, but it makes sure the current label, if any, is
   4867   1.1  christos    correctly aligned.  */
   4868   1.1  christos 
   4869   1.1  christos static void
   4870   1.1  christos s_alpha_float_cons (int type)
   4871   1.1  christos {
   4872   1.1  christos   int log_size;
   4873   1.1  christos 
   4874   1.1  christos   switch (type)
   4875   1.1  christos     {
   4876   1.1  christos     default:
   4877   1.1  christos     case 'f':
   4878   1.1  christos     case 'F':
   4879   1.1  christos       log_size = 2;
   4880   1.1  christos       break;
   4881   1.1  christos 
   4882   1.1  christos     case 'd':
   4883   1.1  christos     case 'D':
   4884   1.1  christos     case 'G':
   4885   1.1  christos       log_size = 3;
   4886   1.1  christos       break;
   4887   1.1  christos 
   4888  1.10  christos     case 'x':
   4889   1.1  christos     case 'X':
   4890   1.1  christos     case 'p':
   4891   1.1  christos     case 'P':
   4892   1.1  christos       log_size = 4;
   4893   1.1  christos       break;
   4894   1.1  christos     }
   4895   1.1  christos 
   4896   1.1  christos   if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < log_size)
   4897   1.1  christos     alpha_align (log_size, NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
   4898   1.1  christos   if (alpha_current_align > log_size)
   4899   1.1  christos     alpha_current_align = log_size;
   4900   1.1  christos   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   4901   1.1  christos 
   4902   1.1  christos   float_cons (type);
   4903   1.1  christos }
   4904   1.1  christos 
   4905   1.1  christos /* Handle the .proc pseudo op.  We don't really do much with it except
   4906   1.1  christos    parse it.  */
   4907   1.1  christos 
   4908   1.1  christos static void
   4909   1.1  christos s_alpha_proc (int is_static ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4910   1.3  christos {
   4911   1.1  christos   char *name;
   4912   1.1  christos   char c;
   4913  1.10  christos   char *p;
   4914  1.10  christos   symbolS *symbolP;
   4915   1.1  christos   int temp;
   4916   1.1  christos 
   4917   1.1  christos   /* Takes ".proc name,nargs".  */
   4918   1.1  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4919   1.1  christos   c = get_symbol_name (&name);
   4920   1.1  christos   p = input_line_pointer;
   4921   1.1  christos   symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
   4922   1.1  christos   restore_line_pointer (c);
   4923   1.1  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4924   1.1  christos   if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
   4925   1.1  christos     {
   4926   1.1  christos       *p = 0;
   4927   1.1  christos       as_warn (_("Expected comma after name \"%s\""), name);
   4928   1.1  christos       *p = c;
   4929   1.1  christos       temp = 0;
   4930   1.1  christos       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4931   1.1  christos     }
   4932   1.1  christos   else
   4933   1.1  christos     {
   4934   1.1  christos       input_line_pointer++;
   4935   1.1  christos       temp = get_absolute_expression ();
   4936   1.1  christos     }
   4937   1.1  christos   /*  *symbol_get_obj (symbolP) = (signed char) temp; */
   4938   1.1  christos   (void) symbolP;
   4939   1.1  christos   as_warn (_("unhandled: .proc %s,%d"), name, temp);
   4940   1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4941   1.1  christos }
   4942   1.1  christos 
   4943   1.1  christos /* Handle the .set pseudo op.  This is used to turn on and off most of
   4944   1.1  christos    the assembler features.  */
   4945   1.3  christos 
   4946   1.1  christos static void
   4947   1.1  christos s_alpha_set (int x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4948   1.1  christos {
   4949   1.1  christos   char *name, ch, *s;
   4950   1.1  christos   int yesno = 1;
   4951   1.1  christos 
   4952   1.1  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4953   1.1  christos 
   4954   1.1  christos   ch = get_symbol_name (&name);
   4955   1.1  christos   s = name;
   4956   1.1  christos   if (s[0] == 'n' && s[1] == 'o')
   4957   1.1  christos     {
   4958   1.1  christos       yesno = 0;
   4959   1.1  christos       s += 2;
   4960   1.1  christos     }
   4961   1.1  christos   if (!strcmp ("reorder", s))
   4962   1.1  christos     /* ignore */ ;
   4963   1.1  christos   else if (!strcmp ("at", s))
   4964   1.1  christos     alpha_noat_on = !yesno;
   4965   1.3  christos   else if (!strcmp ("macro", s))
   4966   1.1  christos     alpha_macros_on = yesno;
   4967   1.1  christos   else if (!strcmp ("move", s))
   4968   1.1  christos     /* ignore */ ;
   4969   1.1  christos   else if (!strcmp ("volatile", s))
   4970   1.1  christos     /* ignore */ ;
   4971   1.1  christos   else
   4972   1.1  christos     as_warn (_("Tried to .set unrecognized mode `%s'"), name);
   4973   1.1  christos 
   4974   1.1  christos   (void) restore_line_pointer (ch);
   4975   1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4976   1.1  christos }
   4977   1.1  christos 
   4978   1.1  christos /* Handle the .base pseudo op.  This changes the assembler's notion of
   4979   1.1  christos    the $gp register.  */
   4980   1.1  christos 
   4981   1.1  christos static void
   4982   1.1  christos s_alpha_base (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4983   1.1  christos {
   4984   1.1  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4985   1.1  christos 
   4986   1.1  christos   if (*input_line_pointer == '$')
   4987   1.1  christos     {
   4988   1.1  christos       /* $rNN form.  */
   4989   1.1  christos       input_line_pointer++;
   4990   1.1  christos       if (*input_line_pointer == 'r')
   4991   1.1  christos 	input_line_pointer++;
   4992   1.1  christos     }
   4993   1.1  christos 
   4994   1.1  christos   alpha_gp_register = get_absolute_expression ();
   4995   1.1  christos   if (alpha_gp_register < 0 || alpha_gp_register > 31)
   4996   1.1  christos     {
   4997   1.1  christos       alpha_gp_register = AXP_REG_GP;
   4998   1.1  christos       as_warn (_("Bad base register, using $%d."), alpha_gp_register);
   4999   1.1  christos     }
   5000   1.1  christos 
   5001   1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   5002   1.1  christos }
   5003   1.1  christos 
   5004   1.1  christos /* Handle the .align pseudo-op.  This aligns to a power of two.  It
   5005   1.1  christos    also adjusts any current instruction label.  We treat this the same
   5006   1.1  christos    way the MIPS port does: .align 0 turns off auto alignment.  */
   5007   1.1  christos 
   5008   1.1  christos static void
   5009   1.1  christos s_alpha_align (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   5010   1.1  christos {
   5011   1.1  christos   int align;
   5012   1.1  christos   char fill, *pfill;
   5013   1.1  christos   long max_alignment = 16;
   5014   1.1  christos 
   5015   1.1  christos   align = get_absolute_expression ();
   5016   1.1  christos   if (align > max_alignment)
   5017   1.1  christos     {
   5018   1.1  christos       align = max_alignment;
   5019   1.1  christos       as_bad (_("Alignment too large: %d. assumed"), align);
   5020   1.1  christos     }
   5021   1.1  christos   else if (align < 0)
   5022   1.1  christos     {
   5023   1.1  christos       as_warn (_("Alignment negative: 0 assumed"));
   5024   1.1  christos       align = 0;
   5025   1.1  christos     }
   5026   1.1  christos 
   5027   1.1  christos   if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
   5028   1.1  christos     {
   5029   1.1  christos       input_line_pointer++;
   5030   1.1  christos       fill = get_absolute_expression ();
   5031   1.1  christos       pfill = &fill;
   5032   1.1  christos     }
   5033   1.1  christos   else
   5034   1.1  christos     pfill = NULL;
   5035   1.1  christos 
   5036   1.1  christos   if (align != 0)
   5037   1.1  christos     {
   5038   1.1  christos       alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   5039   1.1  christos       alpha_align (align, pfill, NULL, 1);
   5040   1.1  christos     }
   5041   1.1  christos   else
   5042   1.1  christos     {
   5043   1.1  christos       alpha_auto_align_on = 0;
   5044   1.1  christos     }
   5045   1.1  christos   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   5046   1.1  christos 
   5047   1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   5048   1.1  christos }
   5049   1.1  christos 
   5050   1.1  christos /* Hook the normal string processor to reset known alignment.  */
   5051   1.1  christos 
   5052   1.1  christos static void
   5053   1.1  christos s_alpha_stringer (int terminate)
   5054   1.1  christos {
   5055   1.1  christos   alpha_current_align = 0;
   5056   1.1  christos   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   5057   1.1  christos   stringer (8 + terminate);
   5058   1.1  christos }
   5059   1.1  christos 
   5060   1.1  christos /* Hook the normal space processing to reset known alignment.  */
   5061   1.1  christos 
   5062   1.1  christos static void
   5063   1.1  christos s_alpha_space (int ignore)
   5064   1.1  christos {
   5065   1.1  christos   alpha_current_align = 0;
   5066   1.1  christos   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   5067   1.1  christos   s_space (ignore);
   5068   1.1  christos }
   5069   1.1  christos 
   5070   1.1  christos /* Hook into cons for auto-alignment.  */
   5071   1.1  christos 
   5072   1.1  christos void
   5073  1.10  christos alpha_cons_align (int size)
   5074   1.1  christos {
   5075   1.1  christos   int log_size;
   5076   1.1  christos 
   5077   1.1  christos   log_size = 0;
   5078   1.1  christos   while ((size >>= 1) != 0)
   5079   1.1  christos     ++log_size;
   5080   1.1  christos 
   5081   1.1  christos   if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < log_size)
   5082   1.1  christos     alpha_align (log_size, NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
   5083   1.1  christos   if (alpha_current_align > log_size)
   5084   1.1  christos     alpha_current_align = log_size;
   5085   1.1  christos   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   5086   1.1  christos }
   5087   1.1  christos 
   5088   1.1  christos /* Here come the .uword, .ulong, and .uquad explicitly unaligned
   5089   1.1  christos    pseudos.  We just turn off auto-alignment and call down to cons.  */
   5090   1.1  christos 
   5091   1.1  christos static void
   5092   1.1  christos s_alpha_ucons (int bytes)
   5093   1.1  christos {
   5094   1.1  christos   int hold = alpha_auto_align_on;
   5095   1.1  christos   alpha_auto_align_on = 0;
   5096   1.1  christos   cons (bytes);
   5097   1.1  christos   alpha_auto_align_on = hold;
   5098   1.1  christos }
   5099   1.1  christos 
   5100   1.3  christos /* Switch the working cpu type.  */
   5101   1.3  christos 
   5102   1.1  christos static void
   5103   1.1  christos s_alpha_arch (int ignored ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   5104   1.1  christos {
   5105   1.1  christos   char *name, ch;
   5106   1.1  christos   const struct cpu_type *p;
   5107   1.1  christos 
   5108   1.1  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   5109   1.1  christos 
   5110   1.1  christos   ch = get_symbol_name (&name);
   5111   1.8  christos 
   5112   1.3  christos   for (p = cpu_types; p->name; ++p)
   5113   1.1  christos     if (strcmp (name, p->name) == 0)
   5114   1.1  christos       {
   5115   1.1  christos 	alpha_target_name = p->name, alpha_target = p->flags;
   5116   1.1  christos 	goto found;
   5117   1.1  christos       }
   5118   1.1  christos   as_warn (_("Unknown CPU identifier `%s'"), name);
   5119   1.1  christos 
   5120   1.1  christos  found:
   5121   1.1  christos   (void) restore_line_pointer (ch);
   5122   1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   5123   1.1  christos }
   5124   1.1  christos 
   5125   1.1  christos #ifdef DEBUG1
   5127   1.1  christos /* print token expression with alpha specific extension.  */
   5128   1.1  christos 
   5129   1.1  christos static void
   5130   1.1  christos alpha_print_token (FILE *f, const expressionS *exp)
   5131   1.1  christos {
   5132   1.1  christos   switch (exp->X_op)
   5133   1.1  christos     {
   5134   1.1  christos     case O_cpregister:
   5135   1.1  christos       putc (',', f);
   5136   1.1  christos       /* FALLTHRU */
   5137   1.1  christos     case O_pregister:
   5138   1.1  christos       putc ('(', f);
   5139   1.1  christos       {
   5140   1.1  christos 	expressionS nexp = *exp;
   5141   1.1  christos 	nexp.X_op = O_register;
   5142   1.1  christos 	print_expr_1 (f, &nexp);
   5143   1.1  christos       }
   5144   1.1  christos       putc (')', f);
   5145   1.1  christos       break;
   5146   1.1  christos     default:
   5147   1.1  christos       print_expr_1 (f, exp);
   5148   1.1  christos       break;
   5149   1.1  christos     }
   5150   1.1  christos }
   5151   1.1  christos #endif
   5152   1.1  christos 
   5153   1.1  christos /* The target specific pseudo-ops which we support.  */
   5155   1.1  christos 
   5156   1.1  christos const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
   5157   1.1  christos {
   5158   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   5159   1.1  christos   {"comm", s_alpha_comm, 0},	/* OSF1 compiler does this.  */
   5160   1.1  christos   {"rdata", s_alpha_rdata, 0},
   5161   1.1  christos #endif
   5162   1.1  christos   {"text", s_alpha_text, 0},
   5163   1.1  christos   {"data", s_alpha_data, 0},
   5164   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   5165   1.1  christos   {"sdata", s_alpha_sdata, 0},
   5166   1.1  christos #endif
   5167   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5168   1.1  christos   {"section", s_alpha_section, 0},
   5169   1.1  christos   {"section.s", s_alpha_section, 0},
   5170   1.1  christos   {"sect", s_alpha_section, 0},
   5171   1.1  christos   {"sect.s", s_alpha_section, 0},
   5172   1.1  christos #endif
   5173   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   5174   1.1  christos   {"section", s_alpha_section, 0},
   5175   1.1  christos   {"literals", s_alpha_literals, 0},
   5176   1.1  christos   {"pdesc", s_alpha_pdesc, 0},
   5177   1.1  christos   {"name", s_alpha_name, 0},
   5178   1.1  christos   {"linkage", s_alpha_linkage, 0},
   5179   1.1  christos   {"code_address", s_alpha_code_address, 0},
   5180   1.1  christos   {"ent", s_alpha_ent, 0},
   5181   1.1  christos   {"frame", s_alpha_frame, 0},
   5182   1.1  christos   {"fp_save", s_alpha_fp_save, 0},
   5183   1.1  christos   {"mask", s_alpha_mask, 0},
   5184   1.1  christos   {"fmask", s_alpha_fmask, 0},
   5185   1.1  christos   {"end", s_alpha_end, 0},
   5186   1.1  christos   {"file", s_alpha_file, 0},
   5187   1.1  christos   {"rdata", s_alpha_section, 1},
   5188   1.1  christos   {"comm", s_alpha_comm, 0},
   5189   1.1  christos   {"link", s_alpha_section, 3},
   5190   1.1  christos   {"ctors", s_alpha_section, 4},
   5191   1.1  christos   {"dtors", s_alpha_section, 5},
   5192   1.1  christos   {"handler", s_alpha_handler, 0},
   5193   1.1  christos   {"handler_data", s_alpha_handler, 1},
   5194   1.1  christos #endif
   5195   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5196   1.1  christos   /* Frame related pseudos.  */
   5197   1.1  christos   {"ent", s_alpha_ent, 0},
   5198   1.1  christos   {"end", s_alpha_end, 0},
   5199   1.1  christos   {"mask", s_alpha_mask, 0},
   5200   1.1  christos   {"fmask", s_alpha_mask, 1},
   5201   1.1  christos   {"frame", s_alpha_frame, 0},
   5202   1.1  christos   {"prologue", s_alpha_prologue, 0},
   5203   1.1  christos   {"file", s_alpha_file, 5},
   5204   1.1  christos   {"loc", s_alpha_loc, 9},
   5205   1.1  christos   {"stabs", s_alpha_stab, 's'},
   5206   1.1  christos   {"stabn", s_alpha_stab, 'n'},
   5207   1.1  christos   {"usepv", s_alpha_usepv, 0},
   5208   1.1  christos   /* COFF debugging related pseudos.  */
   5209   1.1  christos   {"begin", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 0},
   5210   1.1  christos   {"bend", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 1},
   5211   1.1  christos   {"def", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 2},
   5212   1.1  christos   {"dim", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 3},
   5213   1.1  christos   {"endef", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 4},
   5214   1.1  christos   {"scl", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 5},
   5215   1.1  christos   {"tag", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 6},
   5216   1.1  christos   {"val", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 7},
   5217   1.1  christos #else
   5218   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   5219   1.1  christos   {"prologue", s_alpha_prologue, 0},
   5220   1.1  christos #else
   5221   1.1  christos   {"prologue", s_ignore, 0},
   5222   1.1  christos #endif
   5223   1.1  christos #endif
   5224   1.1  christos   {"gprel32", s_alpha_gprel32, 0},
   5225   1.1  christos   {"t_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'd'},
   5226   1.1  christos   {"s_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
   5227   1.1  christos   {"f_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'F'},
   5228   1.1  christos   {"g_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'G'},
   5229   1.1  christos   {"d_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'D'},
   5230   1.1  christos 
   5231   1.1  christos   {"proc", s_alpha_proc, 0},
   5232   1.1  christos   {"aproc", s_alpha_proc, 1},
   5233   1.1  christos   {"set", s_alpha_set, 0},
   5234   1.1  christos   {"reguse", s_ignore, 0},
   5235   1.1  christos   {"livereg", s_ignore, 0},
   5236   1.1  christos   {"base", s_alpha_base, 0},		/*??*/
   5237   1.1  christos   {"option", s_ignore, 0},
   5238   1.1  christos   {"aent", s_ignore, 0},
   5239   1.1  christos   {"ugen", s_ignore, 0},
   5240   1.1  christos   {"eflag", s_ignore, 0},
   5241   1.1  christos 
   5242   1.1  christos   {"align", s_alpha_align, 0},
   5243   1.1  christos   {"double", s_alpha_float_cons, 'd'},
   5244   1.1  christos   {"float", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
   5245   1.1  christos   {"single", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
   5246   1.1  christos   {"ascii", s_alpha_stringer, 0},
   5247   1.1  christos   {"asciz", s_alpha_stringer, 1},
   5248   1.1  christos   {"string", s_alpha_stringer, 1},
   5249   1.1  christos   {"space", s_alpha_space, 0},
   5250   1.1  christos   {"skip", s_alpha_space, 0},
   5251   1.1  christos   {"zero", s_alpha_space, 0},
   5252   1.1  christos 
   5253   1.1  christos /* Unaligned data pseudos.  */
   5254   1.1  christos   {"uword", s_alpha_ucons, 2},
   5255   1.1  christos   {"ulong", s_alpha_ucons, 4},
   5256   1.1  christos   {"uquad", s_alpha_ucons, 8},
   5257   1.1  christos 
   5258   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5259   1.1  christos /* Dwarf wants these versions of unaligned.  */
   5260   1.1  christos   {"2byte", s_alpha_ucons, 2},
   5261   1.1  christos   {"4byte", s_alpha_ucons, 4},
   5262   1.1  christos   {"8byte", s_alpha_ucons, 8},
   5263   1.1  christos #endif
   5264   1.1  christos 
   5265   1.1  christos /* We don't do any optimizing, so we can safely ignore these.  */
   5266   1.1  christos   {"noalias", s_ignore, 0},
   5267   1.1  christos   {"alias", s_ignore, 0},
   5268   1.1  christos 
   5269   1.1  christos   {"arch", s_alpha_arch, 0},
   5270   1.1  christos 
   5271   1.1  christos   {NULL, 0, 0},
   5272   1.1  christos };
   5273   1.1  christos 
   5274   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   5276   1.1  christos 
   5277   1.1  christos /* @@@ GP selection voodoo.  All of this seems overly complicated and
   5278   1.1  christos    unnecessary; which is the primary reason it's for ECOFF only.  */
   5279   1.1  christos 
   5280   1.1  christos static inline void
   5281   1.1  christos maybe_set_gp (asection *sec)
   5282   1.1  christos {
   5283   1.1  christos   bfd_vma vma;
   5284   1.1  christos 
   5285   1.1  christos   if (!sec)
   5286   1.1  christos     return;
   5287   1.1  christos   vma = bfd_section_vma (sec);
   5288   1.1  christos   if (vma && vma < alpha_gp_value)
   5289   1.1  christos     alpha_gp_value = vma;
   5290   1.1  christos }
   5291   1.1  christos 
   5292   1.1  christos static void
   5293   1.1  christos select_gp_value (void)
   5294   1.1  christos {
   5295   1.1  christos   gas_assert (alpha_gp_value == 0);
   5296   1.1  christos 
   5297   1.1  christos   /* Get minus-one in whatever width...  */
   5298   1.1  christos   alpha_gp_value = 0;
   5299   1.1  christos   alpha_gp_value--;
   5300   1.1  christos 
   5301   1.1  christos   /* Select the smallest VMA of these existing sections.  */
   5302   1.1  christos   maybe_set_gp (alpha_lita_section);
   5303   1.1  christos 
   5304   1.1  christos /* @@ Will a simple 0x8000 work here?  If not, why not?  */
   5305   1.1  christos #define GP_ADJUSTMENT	(0x8000 - 0x10)
   5306   1.1  christos 
   5307   1.1  christos   alpha_gp_value += GP_ADJUSTMENT;
   5308   1.1  christos 
   5309   1.5  christos   S_SET_VALUE (alpha_gp_symbol, alpha_gp_value);
   5310   1.1  christos 
   5311   1.1  christos #ifdef DEBUG1
   5312   1.1  christos   printf (_("Chose GP value of %lx\n"), alpha_gp_value);
   5313   1.1  christos #endif
   5314   1.1  christos }
   5315   1.1  christos #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
   5316   1.1  christos 
   5317   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5318   1.1  christos /* Map 's' to SHF_ALPHA_GPREL.  */
   5319   1.1  christos 
   5320   1.1  christos bfd_vma
   5321   1.1  christos alpha_elf_section_letter (int letter, const char **ptr_msg)
   5322   1.1  christos {
   5323   1.1  christos   if (letter == 's')
   5324   1.1  christos     return SHF_ALPHA_GPREL;
   5325   1.1  christos 
   5326   1.1  christos   *ptr_msg = _("bad .section directive: want a,s,w,x,M,S,G,T in string");
   5327   1.1  christos   return -1;
   5328   1.1  christos }
   5329   1.1  christos 
   5330   1.1  christos /* Map SHF_ALPHA_GPREL to SEC_SMALL_DATA.  */
   5331   1.1  christos 
   5332   1.1  christos flagword
   5333   1.1  christos alpha_elf_section_flags (flagword flags, bfd_vma attr, int type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   5334   1.1  christos {
   5335   1.5  christos   if (attr & SHF_ALPHA_GPREL)
   5336   1.5  christos     flags |= SEC_SMALL_DATA;
   5337   1.1  christos   return flags;
   5338   1.1  christos }
   5339   1.1  christos #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
   5340   1.1  christos 
   5341   1.1  christos /* This is called from HANDLE_ALIGN in write.c.  Fill in the contents
   5342  1.10  christos    of an rs_align_code fragment.  */
   5343   1.1  christos 
   5344   1.1  christos void
   5345   1.1  christos alpha_handle_align (fragS *fragp)
   5346   1.1  christos {
   5347   1.1  christos   static unsigned char const unop[4] = { 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x2f };
   5348   1.1  christos   static unsigned char const nopunop[8] =
   5349   1.1  christos   {
   5350   1.1  christos     0x1f, 0x04, 0xff, 0x47,
   5351  1.10  christos     0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x2f
   5352  1.10  christos   };
   5353   1.1  christos 
   5354   1.1  christos   size_t bytes, fix;
   5355   1.1  christos   char *p;
   5356   1.1  christos 
   5357   1.1  christos   if (fragp->fr_type != rs_align_code)
   5358   1.1  christos     return;
   5359   1.1  christos 
   5360   1.1  christos   bytes = fragp->fr_next->fr_address - fragp->fr_address - fragp->fr_fix;
   5361   1.1  christos   p = fragp->fr_literal + fragp->fr_fix;
   5362   1.1  christos 
   5363   1.1  christos   fix = bytes & 3;
   5364   1.1  christos   if (fix)
   5365  1.10  christos     {
   5366   1.1  christos       memset (p, 0, fix);
   5367  1.10  christos       p += fix;
   5368  1.10  christos       bytes -= fix;
   5369  1.10  christos     }
   5370  1.10  christos   if (bytes & 4)
   5371  1.10  christos     {
   5372   1.1  christos       memcpy (p, unop, 4);
   5373   1.1  christos       p += 4;
   5374   1.1  christos       bytes -= 4;
   5375   1.1  christos       fix += 4;
   5376   1.1  christos     }
   5377   1.1  christos   fragp->fr_fix += fix;
   5378   1.1  christos 
   5379   1.1  christos   if (bytes)
   5380   1.1  christos     {
   5381   1.1  christos       memcpy (p, nopunop, 8);
   5382   1.1  christos       fragp->fr_var = 8;
   5383   1.1  christos     }
   5384   1.1  christos }
   5385   1.1  christos 
   5386   1.1  christos /* Public interface functions.  */
   5388   1.1  christos 
   5389   1.1  christos /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time.  It sets
   5390   1.1  christos    up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will
   5391   1.1  christos    need, that can be determined before arguments are parsed.  */
   5392   1.1  christos 
   5393   1.1  christos void
   5394   1.8  christos md_begin (void)
   5395   1.1  christos {
   5396   1.1  christos   unsigned int i;
   5397   1.1  christos 
   5398   1.8  christos   /* Verify that X_op field is wide enough.  */
   5399   1.1  christos   {
   5400   1.1  christos     expressionS e;
   5401   1.8  christos 
   5402   1.8  christos     e.X_op = O_max;
   5403   1.1  christos     gas_assert (e.X_op == O_max);
   5404   1.1  christos   }
   5405   1.1  christos 
   5406   1.1  christos   /* Create the opcode hash table.  */
   5407   1.1  christos   alpha_opcode_hash = str_htab_create ();
   5408   1.1  christos 
   5409   1.1  christos   for (i = 0; i < alpha_num_opcodes;)
   5410   1.1  christos     {
   5411   1.9  christos       const char *name, *slash;
   5412   1.9  christos 
   5413   1.9  christos       name = alpha_opcodes[i].name;
   5414   1.1  christos       if (str_hash_insert (alpha_opcode_hash, name, &alpha_opcodes[i], 0))
   5415   1.9  christos 	as_fatal (_("duplicate %s"), name);
   5416   1.9  christos 
   5417   1.1  christos       /* Some opcodes include modifiers of various sorts with a "/mod"
   5418   1.8  christos 	 syntax, like the architecture manual suggests.  However, for
   5419   1.1  christos 	 use with gcc at least, we also need access to those same opcodes
   5420   1.1  christos 	 without the "/".  */
   5421   1.1  christos 
   5422   1.1  christos       if ((slash = strchr (name, '/')) != NULL)
   5423   1.1  christos 	{
   5424   1.1  christos 	  size_t len = strlen (name);
   5425   1.1  christos 	  char *p = notes_alloc (len);
   5426   1.1  christos 	  size_t len1 = slash - name;
   5427   1.1  christos 
   5428   1.1  christos 	  memcpy (p, name, len1);
   5429   1.1  christos 	  memcpy (p + len1, slash + 1, len - len1);
   5430   1.8  christos 
   5431   1.1  christos 	  (void) str_hash_insert (alpha_opcode_hash, p, &alpha_opcodes[i], 0);
   5432   1.1  christos 	  /* Ignore failures -- the opcode table does duplicate some
   5433   1.1  christos 	     variants in different forms, like "hw_stq" and "hw_st/q".  */
   5434   1.8  christos 	}
   5435   1.1  christos 
   5436   1.1  christos       while (++i < alpha_num_opcodes
   5437   1.8  christos 	     && (alpha_opcodes[i].name == name
   5438   1.8  christos 		 || !strcmp (alpha_opcodes[i].name, name)))
   5439   1.1  christos 	continue;
   5440   1.1  christos     }
   5441   1.1  christos 
   5442   1.1  christos   /* Create the macro hash table.  */
   5443   1.1  christos   alpha_macro_hash = str_htab_create ();
   5444   1.1  christos 
   5445   1.1  christos   for (i = 0; i < alpha_num_macros;)
   5446   1.1  christos     {
   5447   1.1  christos       const char *name;
   5448   1.1  christos 
   5449   1.1  christos       name = alpha_macros[i].name;
   5450   1.1  christos       if (str_hash_insert (alpha_macro_hash, name, &alpha_macros[i], 0))
   5451   1.1  christos 	as_fatal (_("duplicate %s"), name);
   5452   1.8  christos 
   5453   1.8  christos       while (++i < alpha_num_macros
   5454   1.1  christos 	     && (alpha_macros[i].name == name
   5455   1.1  christos 		 || !strcmp (alpha_macros[i].name, name)))
   5456   1.1  christos 	continue;
   5457   1.1  christos     }
   5458   1.1  christos 
   5459   1.1  christos   /* Construct symbols for each of the registers.  */
   5460   1.1  christos   for (i = 0; i < 32; ++i)
   5461   1.8  christos     {
   5462   1.8  christos       char name[4];
   5463   1.1  christos 
   5464   1.1  christos       sprintf (name, "$%d", i);
   5465   1.1  christos       alpha_register_table[i] = symbol_create (name, reg_section,
   5466   1.1  christos 					       &zero_address_frag, i);
   5467   1.1  christos     }
   5468   1.1  christos 
   5469   1.1  christos   for (; i < 64; ++i)
   5470   1.1  christos     {
   5471   1.1  christos       char name[5];
   5472   1.1  christos 
   5473   1.1  christos       sprintf (name, "$f%d", i - 32);
   5474   1.1  christos       alpha_register_table[i] = symbol_create (name, reg_section,
   5475   1.8  christos 					       &zero_address_frag, i);
   5476   1.8  christos     }
   5477   1.1  christos 
   5478   1.1  christos   /* Create the special symbols and sections we'll be using.  */
   5479   1.1  christos 
   5480   1.1  christos   /* So .sbss will get used for tiny objects.  */
   5481   1.1  christos   bfd_set_gp_size (stdoutput, g_switch_value);
   5482   1.1  christos 
   5483   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   5484   1.1  christos   create_literal_section (".lita", &alpha_lita_section, &alpha_lita_symbol);
   5485   1.1  christos 
   5486  1.10  christos   /* For handling the GP, create a symbol that won't be output in the
   5487   1.7  christos      symbol table.  We'll edit it out of relocs later.  */
   5488   1.7  christos   alpha_gp_symbol = symbol_create ("<GP value>", alpha_lita_section,
   5489   1.1  christos 				   &zero_address_frag, 0x8000);
   5490   1.1  christos #endif
   5491   1.1  christos 
   5492   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   5493   1.8  christos   create_literal_section (".link", &alpha_link_section, &alpha_link_symbol);
   5494   1.1  christos #endif
   5495   1.1  christos 
   5496   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5497   1.1  christos   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   5498   1.1  christos     {
   5499   1.1  christos       segT sec = subseg_new (".mdebug", 0);
   5500   1.1  christos       bfd_set_section_flags (sec, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_READONLY);
   5501   1.1  christos       bfd_set_section_alignment (sec, 3);
   5502   1.1  christos     }
   5503   1.1  christos #endif
   5504   1.1  christos 
   5505   1.1  christos   /* Create literal lookup hash table.  */
   5506   1.1  christos   alpha_literal_hash = str_htab_create ();
   5507   1.1  christos 
   5508   1.1  christos   subseg_set (text_section, 0);
   5509   1.1  christos }
   5510   1.1  christos 
   5511   1.1  christos /* The public interface to the instruction assembler.  */
   5512   1.1  christos 
   5513   1.1  christos void
   5514   1.1  christos md_assemble (char *str)
   5515   1.1  christos {
   5516   1.1  christos   /* Current maximum is 13.  */
   5517   1.1  christos   char opname[32];
   5518   1.1  christos   expressionS tok[MAX_INSN_ARGS];
   5519   1.1  christos   int ntok, trunclen;
   5520   1.1  christos   size_t opnamelen;
   5521   1.1  christos 
   5522   1.1  christos   /* Split off the opcode.  */
   5523   1.1  christos   opnamelen = strspn (str, "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz_/46819");
   5524   1.1  christos   trunclen = (opnamelen < sizeof (opname) - 1
   5525   1.1  christos 	      ? opnamelen
   5526   1.1  christos 	      : sizeof (opname) - 1);
   5527   1.1  christos   memcpy (opname, str, trunclen);
   5528   1.1  christos   opname[trunclen] = '\0';
   5529   1.1  christos 
   5530   1.1  christos   /* Tokenize the rest of the line.  */
   5531   1.1  christos   if ((ntok = tokenize_arguments (str + opnamelen, tok, MAX_INSN_ARGS)) < 0)
   5532   1.1  christos     {
   5533   1.1  christos       if (ntok != TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT)
   5534   1.1  christos 	as_bad (_("syntax error"));
   5535   1.7  christos 
   5536   1.1  christos       return;
   5537   1.1  christos     }
   5538   1.1  christos 
   5539   1.1  christos   /* Finish it off.  */
   5540   1.1  christos   assemble_tokens (opname, tok, ntok, alpha_macros_on);
   5541   1.1  christos }
   5542   1.1  christos 
   5543   1.1  christos /* Round up a section's size to the appropriate boundary.  */
   5544   1.1  christos 
   5545   1.1  christos valueT
   5546   1.5  christos md_section_align (segT seg, valueT size)
   5547   1.1  christos {
   5548   1.1  christos   int align = bfd_section_alignment (seg);
   5549   1.5  christos   valueT mask = ((valueT) 1 << align) - 1;
   5550   1.1  christos 
   5551   1.1  christos   return (size + mask) & ~mask;
   5552   1.1  christos }
   5553   1.1  christos 
   5554   1.1  christos /* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant
   5555   1.1  christos    of type TYPE, and store the appropriate bytes in *LITP.  The number
   5556   1.1  christos    of LITTLENUMS emitted is stored in *SIZEP.  An error message is
   5557   1.6  christos    returned, or NULL on OK.  */
   5558   1.1  christos 
   5559   1.1  christos const char *
   5560   1.1  christos md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP)
   5561   1.1  christos {
   5562   1.1  christos   extern const char *vax_md_atof (int, char *, int *);
   5563   1.8  christos 
   5564   1.1  christos   switch (type)
   5565   1.1  christos     {
   5566   1.1  christos       /* VAX floats.  */
   5567   1.1  christos     case 'G':
   5568   1.1  christos       /* vax_md_atof() doesn't like "G" for some reason.  */
   5569   1.1  christos       type = 'g';
   5570   1.5  christos       /* Fall through.  */
   5571   1.1  christos     case 'F':
   5572   1.1  christos     case 'D':
   5573   1.1  christos       return vax_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP);
   5574   1.1  christos 
   5575   1.1  christos     default:
   5576   1.1  christos       return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, false);
   5577   1.1  christos     }
   5578   1.1  christos }
   5579   1.1  christos 
   5580   1.1  christos /* Take care of the target-specific command-line options.  */
   5581   1.1  christos 
   5582   1.1  christos int
   5583   1.1  christos md_parse_option (int c, const char *arg)
   5584   1.1  christos {
   5585   1.1  christos   switch (c)
   5586   1.1  christos     {
   5587   1.1  christos     case 'F':
   5588   1.1  christos       alpha_nofloats_on = 1;
   5589   1.1  christos       break;
   5590   1.1  christos 
   5591   1.1  christos     case OPTION_32ADDR:
   5592   1.1  christos       alpha_addr32_on = 1;
   5593   1.1  christos       break;
   5594   1.1  christos 
   5595   1.1  christos     case 'g':
   5596   1.1  christos       alpha_debug = 1;
   5597   1.1  christos       break;
   5598   1.1  christos 
   5599   1.1  christos     case 'G':
   5600   1.1  christos       g_switch_value = atoi (arg);
   5601   1.1  christos       break;
   5602   1.1  christos 
   5603   1.1  christos     case 'm':
   5604   1.1  christos       {
   5605   1.1  christos 	const struct cpu_type *p;
   5606   1.1  christos 
   5607   1.1  christos 	for (p = cpu_types; p->name; ++p)
   5608   1.1  christos 	  if (strcmp (arg, p->name) == 0)
   5609   1.1  christos 	    {
   5610   1.1  christos 	      alpha_target_name = p->name, alpha_target = p->flags;
   5611   1.1  christos 	      goto found;
   5612   1.1  christos 	    }
   5613   1.1  christos 	as_warn (_("Unknown CPU identifier `%s'"), arg);
   5614   1.1  christos       found:;
   5615   1.1  christos       }
   5616   1.1  christos       break;
   5617   1.1  christos 
   5618   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   5619   1.1  christos     case '+':			/* For g++.  Hash any name > 63 chars long.  */
   5620   1.1  christos       alpha_flag_hash_long_names = 1;
   5621   1.1  christos       break;
   5622   1.1  christos 
   5623   1.1  christos     case 'H':			/* Show new symbol after hash truncation.  */
   5624   1.1  christos       alpha_flag_show_after_trunc = 1;
   5625   1.1  christos       break;
   5626   1.1  christos 
   5627   1.1  christos     case 'h':			/* For gnu-c/vax compatibility.  */
   5628   1.1  christos       break;
   5629   1.1  christos 
   5630   1.1  christos     case OPTION_REPLACE:
   5631   1.1  christos       alpha_flag_replace = 1;
   5632   1.1  christos       break;
   5633   1.1  christos 
   5634   1.1  christos     case OPTION_NOREPLACE:
   5635   1.1  christos       alpha_flag_replace = 0;
   5636   1.1  christos       break;
   5637   1.1  christos #endif
   5638   1.1  christos 
   5639   1.1  christos     case OPTION_RELAX:
   5640   1.1  christos       alpha_flag_relax = 1;
   5641   1.1  christos       break;
   5642   1.1  christos 
   5643   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5644   1.1  christos     case OPTION_MDEBUG:
   5645   1.1  christos       alpha_flag_mdebug = 1;
   5646   1.1  christos       break;
   5647   1.1  christos     case OPTION_NO_MDEBUG:
   5648   1.1  christos       alpha_flag_mdebug = 0;
   5649   1.1  christos       break;
   5650   1.1  christos #endif
   5651   1.1  christos 
   5652   1.1  christos     default:
   5653   1.1  christos       return 0;
   5654   1.1  christos     }
   5655   1.1  christos 
   5656   1.1  christos   return 1;
   5657   1.1  christos }
   5658   1.1  christos 
   5659   1.1  christos /* Print a description of the command-line options that we accept.  */
   5660   1.1  christos 
   5661   1.1  christos void
   5662   1.1  christos md_show_usage (FILE *stream)
   5663   1.1  christos {
   5664   1.1  christos   fputs (_("\
   5665   1.1  christos Alpha options:\n\
   5666   1.1  christos -32addr			treat addresses as 32-bit values\n\
   5667   1.1  christos -F			lack floating point instructions support\n\
   5668   1.1  christos -mev4 | -mev45 | -mev5 | -mev56 | -mpca56 | -mev6 | -mev67 | -mev68 | -mall\n\
   5669   1.1  christos 			specify variant of Alpha architecture\n\
   5670   1.1  christos -m21064 | -m21066 | -m21164 | -m21164a | -m21164pc | -m21264 | -m21264a | -m21264b\n\
   5671   1.1  christos 			these variants include PALcode opcodes\n"),
   5672   1.1  christos 	stream);
   5673   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   5674   1.1  christos   fputs (_("\
   5675   1.1  christos VMS options:\n\
   5676   1.1  christos -+			encode (don't truncate) names longer than 64 characters\n\
   5677   1.1  christos -H			show new symbol after hash truncation\n\
   5678   1.1  christos -replace/-noreplace	enable or disable the optimization of procedure calls\n"),
   5679   1.1  christos 	stream);
   5680   1.1  christos #endif
   5681   1.1  christos }
   5682   1.1  christos 
   5683   1.1  christos /* Decide from what point a pc-relative relocation is relative to,
   5684   1.1  christos    relative to the pc-relative fixup.  Er, relatively speaking.  */
   5685   1.1  christos 
   5686   1.1  christos long
   5687   1.1  christos md_pcrel_from (fixS *fixP)
   5688   1.1  christos {
   5689   1.1  christos   valueT addr = fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
   5690   1.1  christos 
   5691   1.1  christos   switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
   5692   1.1  christos     {
   5693   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
   5694   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
   5695   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
   5696   1.1  christos       return addr + 4;
   5697   1.1  christos     default:
   5698   1.1  christos       return addr;
   5699   1.1  christos     }
   5700   1.1  christos }
   5701   1.1  christos 
   5702   1.1  christos /* Attempt to simplify or even eliminate a fixup.  The return value is
   5703   1.1  christos    ignored; perhaps it was once meaningful, but now it is historical.
   5704   1.1  christos    To indicate that a fixup has been eliminated, set fixP->fx_done.
   5705   1.1  christos 
   5706   1.1  christos    For ELF, here it is that we transform the GPDISP_HI16 reloc we used
   5707   1.1  christos    internally into the GPDISP reloc used externally.  We had to do
   5708   1.1  christos    this so that we'd have the GPDISP_LO16 reloc as a tag to compute
   5709   1.1  christos    the distance to the "lda" instruction for setting the addend to
   5710   1.1  christos    GPDISP.  */
   5711   1.1  christos 
   5712   1.1  christos void
   5713   1.1  christos md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP, valueT * valP, segT seg)
   5714   1.1  christos {
   5715   1.1  christos   char * const fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
   5716   1.1  christos   valueT value = * valP;
   5717   1.1  christos   unsigned image, size;
   5718   1.1  christos 
   5719   1.1  christos   switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
   5720   1.1  christos     {
   5721   1.1  christos       /* The GPDISP relocations are processed internally with a symbol
   5722   1.1  christos 	 referring to the current function's section;  we need to drop
   5723   1.1  christos 	 in a value which, when added to the address of the start of
   5724   1.1  christos 	 the function, gives the desired GP.  */
   5725   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
   5726   1.1  christos       {
   5727   1.1  christos 	fixS *next = fixP->fx_next;
   5728   1.1  christos 
   5729   1.1  christos 	/* With user-specified !gpdisp relocations, we can be missing
   5730   1.1  christos 	   the matching LO16 reloc.  We will have already issued an
   5731   1.1  christos 	   error message.  */
   5732   1.1  christos 	if (next)
   5733   1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_offset = (next->fx_frag->fr_address + next->fx_where
   5734   1.1  christos 			     - fixP->fx_frag->fr_address - fixP->fx_where);
   5735   1.1  christos 
   5736   1.1  christos 	value = (value - sign_extend_16 (value)) >> 16;
   5737   1.1  christos       }
   5738   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5739   1.1  christos       fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP;
   5740   1.1  christos #endif
   5741   1.1  christos       goto do_reloc_gp;
   5742   1.7  christos 
   5743   1.7  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
   5744   1.7  christos       value = sign_extend_16 (value);
   5745   1.7  christos       fixP->fx_offset = 0;
   5746   1.7  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5747   1.7  christos       fixP->fx_done = 1;
   5748   1.1  christos #endif
   5749   1.1  christos 
   5750   1.1  christos     do_reloc_gp:
   5751   1.1  christos       fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (seg);
   5752   1.1  christos       md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, 2);
   5753   1.1  christos       break;
   5754   1.1  christos 
   5755   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_8:
   5756   1.1  christos       if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
   5757   1.1  christos 	fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
   5758   1.1  christos       size = 1;
   5759   1.1  christos       goto do_reloc_xx;
   5760   1.1  christos 
   5761   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_16:
   5762   1.1  christos       if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
   5763   1.1  christos 	fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
   5764   1.1  christos       size = 2;
   5765   1.1  christos       goto do_reloc_xx;
   5766   1.1  christos 
   5767   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_32:
   5768   1.1  christos       if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
   5769   1.1  christos 	fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
   5770   1.1  christos       size = 4;
   5771   1.1  christos       goto do_reloc_xx;
   5772   1.1  christos 
   5773   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_64:
   5774   1.1  christos       if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
   5775   1.1  christos 	fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
   5776   1.1  christos       size = 8;
   5777   1.1  christos 
   5778   1.1  christos     do_reloc_xx:
   5779   1.1  christos       if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
   5780   1.1  christos 	{
   5781   1.1  christos 	  md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, size);
   5782   1.1  christos 	  goto done;
   5783   1.1  christos 	}
   5784   1.1  christos       return;
   5785   1.1  christos 
   5786   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   5787   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
   5788   1.1  christos       gas_assert (fixP->fx_subsy == alpha_gp_symbol);
   5789   1.1  christos       fixP->fx_subsy = 0;
   5790   1.1  christos       /* FIXME: inherited this obliviousness of `value' -- why?  */
   5791   1.1  christos       md_number_to_chars (fixpos, -alpha_gp_value, 4);
   5792   1.1  christos       break;
   5793   1.1  christos #else
   5794   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
   5795   1.1  christos #endif
   5796   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
   5797   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
   5798   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
   5799   1.1  christos       return;
   5800   1.1  christos 
   5801   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
   5802   1.1  christos       if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
   5803   1.1  christos 	{
   5804   1.1  christos 	  image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos);
   5805   1.1  christos 	  image = (image & ~0x1FFFFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x1FFFFF);
   5806   1.1  christos 	  goto write_done;
   5807   1.1  christos 	}
   5808   1.1  christos       return;
   5809   1.1  christos 
   5810   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
   5811   1.1  christos       if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
   5812   1.1  christos 	{
   5813   1.1  christos 	  image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos);
   5814   1.1  christos 	  image = (image & ~0x3FFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x3FFF);
   5815   1.1  christos 	  goto write_done;
   5816   1.1  christos 	}
   5817   1.1  christos       return;
   5818   1.1  christos 
   5819   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5820   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
   5821   1.1  christos       return;
   5822   1.1  christos 
   5823   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
   5824   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
   5825   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
   5826   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
   5827   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
   5828   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
   5829   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
   5830   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
   5831   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
   5832   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
   5833   1.1  christos       if (fixP->fx_addsy)
   5834   1.1  christos 	S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
   5835   1.1  christos       return;
   5836   1.1  christos #endif
   5837   1.1  christos 
   5838   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   5839   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
   5840   1.1  christos       md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, 2);
   5841   1.1  christos       return;
   5842   1.1  christos #endif
   5843   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
   5844   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
   5845   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
   5846   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
   5847   1.1  christos       return;
   5848   1.1  christos 
   5849   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   5850   1.7  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
   5851   1.1  christos       value -= (8 + 4); /* PC-relative, base is jsr+4.  */
   5852   1.1  christos 
   5853   1.1  christos       /* From B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS Linker Utility Manual:
   5854   1.1  christos 	 "Finally, the ETIR$C_STC_BSR command passes the same address
   5855   1.1  christos 	  as ETIR$C_STC_NOP (so that they will fail or succeed together),
   5856   1.1  christos 	  and the same test is done again."  */
   5857   1.1  christos       if (S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section)
   5858   1.1  christos 	{
   5859   1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_addnumber = -value;
   5860   1.1  christos 	  return;
   5861   1.1  christos 	}
   5862   1.1  christos 
   5863   1.1  christos       if (value + (1u << 22) >= (1u << 23))
   5864   1.1  christos 	goto done;
   5865   1.1  christos       else
   5866   1.1  christos 	{
   5867   1.1  christos 	  /* Change to a nop.  */
   5868   1.1  christos 	  image = 0x47FF041F;
   5869   1.7  christos 	  goto write_done;
   5870   1.1  christos 	}
   5871   1.1  christos 
   5872   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
   5873   1.1  christos       /* fixup_segment sets fixP->fx_addsy to NULL when it can pre-compute
   5874   1.1  christos 	 the value for an O_subtract.  */
   5875   1.1  christos       if (fixP->fx_addsy
   5876   1.1  christos 	  && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section)
   5877   1.1  christos 	{
   5878   1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_addnumber = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixP->fx_subsy)->value;
   5879   1.1  christos 	  return;
   5880   1.1  christos 	}
   5881   1.1  christos 
   5882   1.1  christos       if (value + (1u << 15) >= (1u << 16))
   5883   1.1  christos 	goto done;
   5884   1.1  christos       else
   5885   1.1  christos 	{
   5886   1.1  christos 	  /* Change to an lda.  */
   5887   1.1  christos 	  image = 0x237B0000 | (value & 0xFFFF);
   5888   1.1  christos 	  goto write_done;
   5889   1.7  christos 	}
   5890   1.1  christos 
   5891   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
   5892   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
   5893   1.1  christos       value -= 4; /* PC-relative, base is jsr+4.  */
   5894   1.1  christos 
   5895   1.1  christos       /* See comment in the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP case above.  */
   5896   1.1  christos       if (S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section)
   5897   1.1  christos 	{
   5898   1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_addnumber = -value;
   5899   1.1  christos 	  return;
   5900   1.1  christos 	}
   5901   1.1  christos 
   5902   1.1  christos       if (value + (1u << 22) >= (1u << 23))
   5903   1.1  christos 	{
   5904   1.1  christos 	  /* Out of range.  */
   5905   1.1  christos 	  if (fixP->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH)
   5906   1.1  christos 	    {
   5907   1.1  christos 	      /* Add a hint.  */
   5908   1.1  christos 	      image = bfd_getl32(fixpos);
   5909   1.1  christos 	      image = (image & ~0x3FFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x3FFF);
   5910   1.1  christos 	      goto write_done;
   5911   1.1  christos 	    }
   5912   1.1  christos 	  goto done;
   5913   1.1  christos 	}
   5914   1.1  christos       else
   5915   1.1  christos 	{
   5916   1.1  christos 	  /* Change to a branch.  */
   5917   1.1  christos 	  image = 0xD3400000 | ((value >> 2) & 0x1FFFFF);
   5918   1.1  christos 	  goto write_done;
   5919   1.1  christos 	}
   5920   1.1  christos #endif
   5921   1.1  christos 
   5922   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT:
   5923   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY:
   5924   1.1  christos       return;
   5925   1.1  christos 
   5926   1.1  christos     default:
   5927   1.1  christos       {
   5928   1.1  christos 	const struct alpha_operand *operand;
   5929   1.1  christos 
   5930   1.1  christos 	if ((int) fixP->fx_r_type >= 0)
   5931   1.1  christos 	  as_fatal (_("unhandled relocation type %s"),
   5932   1.1  christos 		    bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type));
   5933   1.1  christos 
   5934   1.1  christos 	gas_assert (-(int) fixP->fx_r_type < (int) alpha_num_operands);
   5935   1.1  christos 	operand = &alpha_operands[-(int) fixP->fx_r_type];
   5936   1.1  christos 
   5937   1.1  christos 	/* The rest of these fixups only exist internally during symbol
   5938   1.1  christos 	   resolution and have no representation in the object file.
   5939   1.1  christos 	   Therefore they must be completely resolved as constants.  */
   5940   1.1  christos 
   5941   1.1  christos 	if (fixP->fx_addsy != 0
   5942   1.1  christos 	    && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) != absolute_section)
   5943   1.1  christos 	  as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   5944   1.1  christos 			_("non-absolute expression in constant field"));
   5945   1.1  christos 
   5946   1.1  christos 	image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos);
   5947   1.1  christos 	image = insert_operand (image, operand, (offsetT) value,
   5948   1.1  christos 				fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
   5949   1.8  christos       }
   5950   1.1  christos       goto write_done;
   5951   1.1  christos     }
   5952   1.8  christos 
   5953   1.1  christos   if (fixP->fx_addsy != 0 || fixP->fx_pcrel != 0)
   5954   1.1  christos     return;
   5955   1.1  christos   else
   5956   1.1  christos     {
   5957   1.1  christos       as_warn_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   5958   1.1  christos 		     _("type %d reloc done?\n"), (int) fixP->fx_r_type);
   5959   1.1  christos       goto done;
   5960   1.1  christos     }
   5961   1.1  christos 
   5962   1.1  christos  write_done:
   5963   1.1  christos   md_number_to_chars (fixpos, image, 4);
   5964   1.1  christos 
   5965   1.1  christos  done:
   5966   1.1  christos   fixP->fx_done = 1;
   5967   1.1  christos }
   5968   1.1  christos 
   5969   1.1  christos /* Look for a register name in the given symbol.  */
   5970   1.1  christos 
   5971   1.1  christos symbolS *
   5972   1.1  christos md_undefined_symbol (char *name)
   5973   1.1  christos {
   5974   1.1  christos   if (*name == '$')
   5975   1.1  christos     {
   5976   1.1  christos       int is_float = 0, num;
   5977   1.1  christos 
   5978   1.1  christos       switch (*++name)
   5979   1.1  christos 	{
   5980   1.1  christos 	case 'f':
   5981   1.1  christos 	  if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
   5982   1.1  christos 	    return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_FP];
   5983   1.1  christos 	  is_float = 32;
   5984   1.1  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   5985   1.1  christos 
   5986   1.1  christos 	case 'r':
   5987   1.1  christos 	  if (!ISDIGIT (*++name))
   5988   1.1  christos 	    break;
   5989   1.1  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   5990   1.1  christos 
   5991   1.1  christos 	case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
   5992   1.1  christos 	case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
   5993   1.1  christos 	  if (name[1] == '\0')
   5994   1.1  christos 	    num = name[0] - '0';
   5995   1.1  christos 	  else if (name[0] != '0' && ISDIGIT (name[1]) && name[2] == '\0')
   5996   1.1  christos 	    {
   5997   1.1  christos 	      num = (name[0] - '0') * 10 + name[1] - '0';
   5998   1.1  christos 	      if (num >= 32)
   5999   1.1  christos 		break;
   6000   1.1  christos 	    }
   6001   1.1  christos 	  else
   6002   1.1  christos 	    break;
   6003   1.1  christos 
   6004   1.1  christos 	  if (!alpha_noat_on && (num + is_float) == AXP_REG_AT)
   6005   1.1  christos 	    as_warn (_("Used $at without \".set noat\""));
   6006   1.1  christos 	  return alpha_register_table[num + is_float];
   6007   1.1  christos 
   6008   1.1  christos 	case 'a':
   6009   1.1  christos 	  if (name[1] == 't' && name[2] == '\0')
   6010   1.1  christos 	    {
   6011   1.1  christos 	      if (!alpha_noat_on)
   6012   1.1  christos 		as_warn (_("Used $at without \".set noat\""));
   6013   1.1  christos 	      return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_AT];
   6014   1.1  christos 	    }
   6015   1.1  christos 	  break;
   6016   1.1  christos 
   6017   1.1  christos 	case 'g':
   6018   1.1  christos 	  if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
   6019   1.1  christos 	    return alpha_register_table[alpha_gp_register];
   6020   1.1  christos 	  break;
   6021   1.1  christos 
   6022   1.1  christos 	case 's':
   6023   1.1  christos 	  if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
   6024   1.1  christos 	    return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_SP];
   6025   1.1  christos 	  break;
   6026   1.1  christos 	}
   6027   1.1  christos     }
   6028   1.1  christos   return NULL;
   6029   1.1  christos }
   6030   1.1  christos 
   6031   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   6032   1.1  christos /* @@@ Magic ECOFF bits.  */
   6033   1.1  christos 
   6034   1.1  christos void
   6035   1.1  christos alpha_frob_ecoff_data (void)
   6036   1.1  christos {
   6037   1.1  christos   select_gp_value ();
   6038   1.1  christos   /* $zero and $f31 are read-only.  */
   6039   1.1  christos   alpha_gprmask &= ~1;
   6040   1.1  christos   alpha_fprmask &= ~1;
   6041   1.1  christos }
   6042   1.1  christos #endif
   6043   1.1  christos 
   6044   1.1  christos /* Hook to remember a recently defined label so that the auto-align
   6045   1.1  christos    code can adjust the symbol after we know what alignment will be
   6046   1.1  christos    required.  */
   6047   1.1  christos 
   6048   1.1  christos void
   6049   1.1  christos alpha_define_label (symbolS *sym)
   6050   1.1  christos {
   6051   1.1  christos   alpha_insn_label = sym;
   6052   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   6053   1.1  christos   dwarf2_emit_label (sym);
   6054   1.1  christos #endif
   6055   1.1  christos }
   6056   1.1  christos 
   6057   1.1  christos /* Return true if we must always emit a reloc for a type and false if
   6058   1.1  christos    there is some hope of resolving it at assembly time.  */
   6059   1.1  christos 
   6060   1.1  christos int
   6061   1.1  christos alpha_force_relocation (fixS *f)
   6062   1.1  christos {
   6063   1.1  christos   if (alpha_flag_relax)
   6064   1.1  christos     return 1;
   6065   1.1  christos 
   6066   1.1  christos   switch (f->fx_r_type)
   6067   1.1  christos     {
   6068   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
   6069   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
   6070   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP:
   6071   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
   6072   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
   6073   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
   6074   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
   6075   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
   6076   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
   6077   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
   6078   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
   6079   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
   6080   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
   6081   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
   6082   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
   6083   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
   6084   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
   6085   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
   6086   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
   6087   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
   6088   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
   6089   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
   6090   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
   6091   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   6092   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
   6093   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
   6094   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
   6095   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
   6096   1.1  christos #endif
   6097   1.1  christos       return 1;
   6098   1.1  christos 
   6099   1.1  christos     default:
   6100   1.1  christos       break;
   6101   1.1  christos     }
   6102   1.1  christos 
   6103   1.1  christos   return generic_force_reloc (f);
   6104   1.1  christos }
   6105   1.1  christos 
   6106   1.1  christos /* Return true if we can partially resolve a relocation now.  */
   6107   1.1  christos 
   6108   1.1  christos int
   6109   1.1  christos alpha_fix_adjustable (fixS *f)
   6110   1.1  christos {
   6111   1.1  christos   /* Are there any relocation types for which we must generate a
   6112   1.1  christos      reloc but we can adjust the values contained within it?   */
   6113   1.1  christos   switch (f->fx_r_type)
   6114   1.1  christos     {
   6115   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
   6116   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
   6117   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP:
   6118   1.1  christos       return 0;
   6119   1.1  christos 
   6120   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
   6121   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
   6122   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
   6123   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
   6124   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
   6125   1.1  christos       return 1;
   6126   1.1  christos 
   6127   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY:
   6128   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT:
   6129   1.1  christos       return 0;
   6130   1.1  christos 
   6131   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
   6132   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
   6133   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
   6134   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
   6135   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
   6136   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_16:
   6137   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_32:
   6138   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_64:
   6139   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
   6140   1.1  christos       return 1;
   6141   1.1  christos 
   6142   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
   6143   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
   6144   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
   6145   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
   6146   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
   6147   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
   6148   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
   6149   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
   6150   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
   6151   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
   6152   1.1  christos       /* ??? No idea why we can't return a reference to .tbss+10, but
   6153   1.1  christos 	 we're preventing this in the other assemblers.  Follow for now.  */
   6154   1.1  christos       return 0;
   6155   1.1  christos 
   6156   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   6157   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
   6158   1.1  christos       /* If we have a BRSGP reloc to a local symbol, adjust it to BRADDR and
   6159   1.1  christos          let it get resolved at assembly time.  */
   6160   1.1  christos       {
   6161   1.1  christos 	symbolS *sym = f->fx_addsy;
   6162   1.1  christos 	const char *name;
   6163   1.1  christos 	int offset = 0;
   6164   1.1  christos 
   6165   1.1  christos 	if (generic_force_reloc (f))
   6166   1.1  christos 	  return 0;
   6167   1.1  christos 
   6168   1.1  christos 	switch (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD)
   6169   1.1  christos 	  {
   6170   1.1  christos 	  case STO_ALPHA_NOPV:
   6171   1.1  christos 	    break;
   6172   1.1  christos 	  case STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD:
   6173   1.1  christos 	    offset = 8;
   6174   1.1  christos 	    break;
   6175   1.1  christos 	  default:
   6176   1.1  christos 	    if (S_IS_LOCAL (sym))
   6177   1.1  christos 	      name = "<local>";
   6178   1.1  christos 	    else
   6179   1.1  christos 	      name = S_GET_NAME (sym);
   6180   1.1  christos 	    as_bad_where (f->fx_file, f->fx_line,
   6181   1.1  christos 		_("!samegp reloc against symbol without .prologue: %s"),
   6182   1.1  christos 		name);
   6183   1.1  christos 	    break;
   6184   1.1  christos 	  }
   6185   1.1  christos 	f->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2;
   6186   1.1  christos 	f->fx_offset += offset;
   6187   1.1  christos 	return 1;
   6188   1.1  christos       }
   6189   1.1  christos #endif
   6190   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   6191   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
   6192   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
   6193   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
   6194   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
   6195   1.1  christos       return 1;
   6196   1.1  christos #endif
   6197   1.1  christos 
   6198   1.1  christos     default:
   6199  1.10  christos       return 1;
   6200  1.10  christos     }
   6201   1.1  christos }
   6202   1.1  christos 
   6203   1.1  christos /* Generate the BFD reloc to be stuck in the object file from the
   6204   1.1  christos    fixup used internally in the assembler.  */
   6205   1.1  christos 
   6206   1.1  christos arelent *
   6207   1.1  christos tc_gen_reloc (asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   6208   1.1  christos 	      fixS *fixp)
   6209   1.1  christos {
   6210   1.1  christos   arelent *reloc;
   6211   1.1  christos 
   6212   1.1  christos   reloc = notes_alloc (sizeof (arelent));
   6213   1.1  christos   reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = notes_alloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
   6214   1.1  christos   *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
   6215   1.1  christos   reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
   6216   1.1  christos 
   6217   1.1  christos   /* Make sure none of our internal relocations make it this far.
   6218   1.1  christos      They'd better have been fully resolved by this point.  */
   6219   1.1  christos   gas_assert ((int) fixp->fx_r_type > 0);
   6220   1.1  christos 
   6221   1.1  christos   reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type);
   6222   1.1  christos   if (reloc->howto == NULL)
   6223   1.1  christos     {
   6224   1.1  christos       as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
   6225   1.1  christos 		    _("cannot represent `%s' relocation in object file"),
   6226   1.1  christos 		    bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixp->fx_r_type));
   6227   1.1  christos       return NULL;
   6228   1.1  christos     }
   6229   1.1  christos 
   6230   1.1  christos   if (!fixp->fx_pcrel != !reloc->howto->pc_relative)
   6231   1.1  christos     as_fatal (_("internal error? cannot generate `%s' relocation"),
   6232   1.1  christos 	      bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixp->fx_r_type));
   6233   1.1  christos 
   6234   1.1  christos   gas_assert (!fixp->fx_pcrel == !reloc->howto->pc_relative);
   6235   1.1  christos 
   6236   1.1  christos   reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
   6237   1.1  christos 
   6238   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   6239   1.1  christos   /* Fake out bfd_perform_relocation. sigh.  */
   6240   1.1  christos   /* ??? Better would be to use the special_function hook.  */
   6241   1.1  christos   if (fixp->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL)
   6242   1.1  christos     reloc->addend = -alpha_gp_value;
   6243   1.1  christos #endif
   6244   1.1  christos 
   6245   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   6246   1.1  christos   switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
   6247   1.1  christos     {
   6248   1.1  christos       struct evax_private_udata_struct *udata;
   6249   1.1  christos       const char *pname;
   6250   1.1  christos       int pname_len;
   6251   1.1  christos 
   6252   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
   6253   1.1  christos       /* Copy the linkage index.  */
   6254   1.1  christos       reloc->addend = fixp->fx_addnumber;
   6255   1.1  christos       break;
   6256   1.5  christos 
   6257   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
   6258   1.5  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
   6259   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
   6260   1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
   6261   1.1  christos       pname = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy)->name;
   6262   1.1  christos 
   6263   1.1  christos       /* We need the non-suffixed name of the procedure.  Beware that
   6264   1.1  christos       the main symbol might be equated so look it up and take its name.  */
   6265   1.1  christos       pname_len = strlen (pname);
   6266   1.1  christos       if (pname_len > 4 && strcmp (pname + pname_len - 4, "..en") == 0)
   6267   1.1  christos 	{
   6268   1.1  christos 	  symbolS *sym;
   6269   1.1  christos 	  char *my_pname = xmemdup0 (pname, pname_len - 4);
   6270   1.1  christos 	  sym = symbol_find (my_pname);
   6271   1.1  christos 	  free (my_pname);
   6272   1.1  christos 	  if (sym == NULL)
   6273   1.1  christos 	    abort ();
   6274   1.1  christos 
   6275  1.10  christos 	  while (symbol_equated_reloc_p (sym))
   6276   1.1  christos 	    {
   6277   1.1  christos 	      symbolS *n = symbol_get_value_expression (sym)->X_add_symbol;
   6278   1.1  christos 
   6279   1.1  christos 	      /* We must avoid looping, as that can occur with a badly
   6280   1.1  christos 	         written program.  */
   6281   1.1  christos 	      if (n == sym)
   6282   1.1  christos 		break;
   6283   1.1  christos 	      sym = n;
   6284   1.1  christos 	    }
   6285   1.1  christos 	  pname = symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->name;
   6286   1.1  christos 	}
   6287   1.1  christos 
   6288   1.1  christos       udata = notes_alloc (sizeof (*udata));
   6289   1.1  christos       udata->enbsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
   6290   1.1  christos       udata->bsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->psym);
   6291   1.1  christos       udata->origname = (char *)pname;
   6292   1.1  christos       udata->lkindex = ((struct evax_private_udata_struct *)
   6293   1.1  christos         symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym)->udata.p)->lkindex;
   6294   1.1  christos       reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (void *)udata;
   6295   1.1  christos       reloc->addend = fixp->fx_addnumber;
   6296   1.1  christos 
   6297   1.1  christos     default:
   6298   1.1  christos       break;
   6299   1.1  christos     }
   6300   1.1  christos #endif
   6301   1.1  christos 
   6302   1.1  christos   return reloc;
   6303   1.1  christos }
   6304   1.1  christos 
   6305   1.1  christos /* Parse a register name off of the input_line and return a register
   6306   1.3  christos    number.  Gets md_undefined_symbol above to do the register name
   6307   1.3  christos    matching for us.
   6308   1.1  christos 
   6309   1.1  christos    Only called as a part of processing the ECOFF .frame directive.  */
   6310   1.1  christos 
   6311   1.1  christos int
   6312   1.1  christos tc_get_register (int frame ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   6313   1.1  christos {
   6314   1.1  christos   int framereg = AXP_REG_SP;
   6315   1.1  christos 
   6316   1.8  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   6317   1.1  christos   if (*input_line_pointer == '$')
   6318   1.1  christos     {
   6319   1.1  christos       char *s;
   6320   1.1  christos       char c = get_symbol_name (&s);
   6321   1.1  christos       symbolS *sym = md_undefined_symbol (s);
   6322   1.1  christos 
   6323   1.1  christos       *strchr (s, '\0') = c;
   6324   1.1  christos       if (sym && (framereg = S_GET_VALUE (sym)) <= 31)
   6325   1.1  christos 	goto found;
   6326   1.1  christos     }
   6327   1.1  christos   as_warn (_("frame reg expected, using $%d."), framereg);
   6328   1.1  christos 
   6329   1.1  christos  found:
   6330   1.1  christos   note_gpreg (framereg);
   6331   1.1  christos   return framereg;
   6332   1.1  christos }
   6333   1.1  christos 
   6334   1.1  christos /* This is called before the symbol table is processed.  In order to
   6335   1.1  christos    work with gcc when using mips-tfile, we must keep all local labels.
   6336   1.1  christos    However, in other cases, we want to discard them.  If we were
   6337   1.1  christos    called with -g, but we didn't see any debugging information, it may
   6338   1.1  christos    mean that gcc is smuggling debugging information through to
   6339   1.1  christos    mips-tfile, in which case we must generate all local labels.  */
   6340   1.1  christos 
   6341   1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   6342   1.1  christos 
   6343   1.1  christos void
   6344                 alpha_frob_file_before_adjust (void)
   6345                 {
   6346                   if (alpha_debug != 0
   6347                       && ! ecoff_debugging_seen)
   6348                     flag_keep_locals = 1;
   6349                 }
   6350                 
   6351                 #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
   6352                 
   6353                 /* The Alpha has support for some VAX floating point types, as well as for
   6354                    IEEE floating point.  We consider IEEE to be the primary floating point
   6355                    format, and sneak in the VAX floating point support here.  */
   6356                 #include "config/atof-vax.c"
   6357